Replace "you can" with "you could" in NT

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2022-09-28 15:03:05 -04:00
parent 0836370618
commit 8d6d1ffa8a
9 changed files with 606 additions and 606 deletions

View File

@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ LUK 1 25 z1xr figs-explicit οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν Κύριος 1
LUK 1 25 pn2a figs-idiom ἐπεῖδεν 1 he looked upon me Here, the expression **looked upon** is an idiom that means “shown regard for” or “treated well.” Alternate translation: “he treated me kindly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 25 lx3p figs-explicit ἀφελεῖν ὄνειδός μου ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 to take away my disgrace among people By **disgrace**, Elizabeth means the shame she felt because she was not able to have children. Alternate translation: “so that I no longer have to feel ashamed when I am around other people because I cannot have children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 26 v9w2 figs-explicit ἐν…τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 in the sixth month Luke assumes that readers will recognize that this does not mean the sixth month of the year, but the sixth month of Elizabeths pregnancy. If you think there could be some confusion about this, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after Elizabeth had been pregnant for six months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 1 26 l035 translate-ordinal τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἕκτῳ 1 the sixth month If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “month 6” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 1 26 rl4c figs-activepassive ἀπεστάλη ὁ ἄγγελος Γαβριὴλ ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the angel Gabriel was sent from God If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent the angel Gabriel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 1 26 l036 translate-names Γαλιλαίας 1 Galilee **Galilee** is the name of a region. It occurs many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 1 26 l037 translate-names Ναζαρὲτ 1 Nazareth **Nazareth** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ LUK 1 58 j2xc figs-metaphor ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτο
LUK 1 58 l075 figs-explicit ἐμεγάλυνεν…τὸ ἔλεος αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτῆς 1 had magnified his mercy to her The implication is that Gods great kindness to Elizabeth was to enable her to have a baby. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had shown great kindness to her by enabling her to have a baby” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 59 f4ul writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο 1 And it happened Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 1 59 l076 translate-unknown ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day This expression refers to **the eighth day** of the babys life, reckoning the day he was born as the first day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate this expression according to the way your own culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “when the baby was one week old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 1 59 gm1k translate-ordinal ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 1 59 gm1k translate-ordinal ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ 1 on the eighth day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 1 59 ya7d figs-explicit ἦλθον περιτεμεῖν τὸ παιδίον 1 they came to circumcise the child In this culture, family and friends often came to celebrate with the family when a baby was circumcised. This ceremony showed that the baby was a member of the community that was in a special relationship with God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the family and friends of Zechariah and Elizabeth came for the babys circumcision ceremony, when he would be acknowledged as a member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 1 59 ip8w figs-idiom ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, Ζαχαρίαν 1 they were going to call him after the name of his father, Zechariah As in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:31](../01/31.md), to **call** the name of a child is an idiom meaning to give a child a name. Alternate translation: “they were going to give him the same name as his father, Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 1 60 l077 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεῖσα ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ εἶπεν 1 answering his mother said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Johns mother responded to the intention of her family and friends to name the baby Zechariah. Alternate translation: “his mother responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ LUK 2 10 l118 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ γὰρ 1 for behold The term **behold**
LUK 2 10 pw8t εὐαγγελίζομαι ὑμῖν χαρὰν μεγάλην, ἥτις ἔσται παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 I bring you good news of great joy, which will be to all the people Alternate translation: “I have come to announce good news that will make all the people very happy”
LUK 2 10 adz8 figs-hyperbole παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 all the people This could be: (1) a reference to all people. That is the reading of UST. Alternate translation: “all people everywhere” (2) a figurative generalization that refers specifically to the Jewish people who would welcome Jesus as the Messiah. Alternate translation: “your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
LUK 2 11 l119 figs-infostructure ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον Σωτὴρ, ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος, ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 today has been born for you in the city of David a Savior, who is Christ the Lord! If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases. Alternate translation: “a Savior, who is Christ the Lord, has been born for you today in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today has been born for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 2 11 z1us figs-activepassive ἐτέχθη ὑμῖν σήμερον 1 today has been born for you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we are announcing the birth for you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 2 11 z9m2 figs-explicit ἐν πόλει Δαυείδ 1 in the city of David This means Bethlehem. See the explanation in the note to [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “in Bethlehem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 2 11 l120 figs-explicit ὅς ἐστιν Χριστὸς, Κύριος 1 who is Christ the Lord **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” Alternate translation: “who is the Messiah, the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 2 12 yj15 figs-explicit τοῦτο ὑμῖν τὸ σημεῖον 1 this will be the sign to you The implication is that God has provided this sign. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God has given you this sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ LUK 2 52 gb25 figs-abstractnouns Ἰησοῦς προέκοπτεν τῇ σο
LUK 2 52 y5qk figs-abstractnouns χάριτι παρὰ Θεῷ καὶ ἀνθρώποις 1 in favor with God and people If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **favor**, you could express the idea behind it with verbs. The phrase **in favor with God and people** refers to spiritual and social growth. Alternate translation: “God blessed him more and more, and people admired him more and more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 3 intro tkg5 0 # Luke 3 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. John the Baptist begins preaching and baptizing (3:1-22)<br>2. The list of Jesus ancestors (3:23-38)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 3:4-6, which Luke is quoting from the Old Testament about John the Baptist.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br><br>Johns instructions to the soldiers and tax collectors in Luke 3:12-15 are things that a person who wanted to live rightly would find reasonable and willingly do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and Luke [3:12-15](./12.md))<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>A genealogy is a list that records a persons ancestors or descendants. Such lists were very important in determining who had the right be king, because the kings authority was usually passed down or inherited from his father. It was also common for other important people to have a recorded genealogy.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Prophecy often involves the use of metaphors to express its meaning. Spiritual discernment is needed for proper interpretation of the prophecy. The prophecy that Luke quotes in 3:4-6 from Isaiah 40:3-5 is an extended metaphor that describes the ministry of John the Baptist. See the individual notes to 3:4-6 for recommendations about how to translate this passage. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Herod locked up John in prison”<br><br>This statement could cause confusion because Luke says that John was imprisoned, and then he implies that John was still able to baptize Jesus. But Luke makes this statement in anticipation of Herods imprisonment of John. It describes something that was still in the future at the time of the other events in the narrative. See the first note to 3:19 for a further explanation.
LUK 3 1 l167 writing-newevent ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ τῆς ἡγεμονίας Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar This verse and the beginning of the next one are an extended time reference that introduces a new event. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Everything that the angels and inspired people had said about John and Jesus began to come true during the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius Caesar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 3 1 l168 translate-ordinal ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ 1 in the fifteenth year If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 3 1 l168 translate-ordinal ἐν ἔτει δὲ πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ 1 in the fifteenth year If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “in year 15” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 3 1 l169 writing-participants Τιβερίου Καίσαρος 1 Tiberius Caesar As in [2:1](../02/01.md), **Caesar** is the title of the emperor of the Roman Empire. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Tiberius, who ruled the Roman Empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
LUK 3 1 l170 translate-names Τιβερίου 1 Tiberius **Tiberius** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 3 1 v22w translate-names Ποντίου Πειλάτου…Ἡρῴδου…Φιλίππου…Λυσανίου 1 Pontius Pilate … Herod … Philip … Lysanias These are the names of men. Here, the **Herod** mentioned is not the same one as in [1:5](../01/05.md). Rather, it is his son. Luke makes further mention of him many times in this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ LUK 3 4 zf6m figs-activepassive ὡς γέγραπται ἐν βίβλῳ λό
LUK 3 4 l175 figs-metonymy λόγων Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 the words of Isaiah the prophet Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to refer to the sayings that Isaiah used words to articulate. Alternate translation: “the sayings of the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 3 4 b86g figs-quotemarks φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 A voice of one calling out in the wilderness From this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md), Luke quotes from the book of Isaiah. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])
LUK 3 4 l176 figs-metonymy φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 1 A voice of one calling out in the wilderness The term **voice** refers figuratively to what this person is saying by association with the means they are using to say it. Alternate translation: “Someone is calling out in the wilderness and saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 3 4 l177 figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight Everything from this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md) is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you could translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 3 4 l177 figs-quotesinquotes ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight Everything from this phrase through to the end of [3:6](../03/06.md) is a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting from the book of Isaiah, and Isaiah is quoting the words of the person calling out in the wilderness. It would be best to indicate that by punctuating this material as a second-level quotation, since Luke is quoting from Scripture. However, if your language does not put one direct quotation within another, you can translate this material as an indirect quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 3 4 rzv1 figs-parallelism ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου; εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους αὐτοῦ 1 Make ready the way of the Lord, make his paths straight These two phrases mean similar things. They are both telling people to make a good road for the Lord to travel on. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be helpful to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with another phrase that would show the relationship between them. Alternate translation: “Prepare a good road for the Lord to travel on, and do this by making sure that it follows a straight path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 3 4 h9xl figs-metaphor ἑτοιμάσατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου 1 Make ready the way of the Lord This is a figurative way of telling people to get ready to listen to the Lords message when it comes. They are to do this by giving up their sins. Alternate translation: “Give up your sins so that you will be ready to listen to the Lords message when it comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 3 5 wk8m figs-metaphor πᾶσα φάραγξ πληρωθήσεται, καὶ πᾶν ὄρος καὶ βουνὸς ταπεινωθήσεται 1 Every valley will be filled, and every mountain and hill will be made low This is a continuation of the figurative description of making a good road that began in the previous verse. When people prepare the road for an important person who is coming, they make sure that the road is level by taking material from high places and using it to fill in low places. However, this is also a description of the effects that the coming of the Lord will have on people. It is a statement similar to the one Mary makes in [1:52](../01/52.md), “He has thrown down rulers from their thrones and he has raised up the lowly.” Metaphors in Scripture can have more than one reference like this. So we recommend that you translate the words directly and not provide a non-figurative explanation, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meanings of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -591,7 +591,7 @@ LUK 3 38 ck3f τοῦ Ἀδὰμ, τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 of Adam, of God Alternate
LUK 4 intro r3vy 0 # Luke 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The devil tempts Jesus in the wilderness (4:1-13)<br>2. Jesus teaches in the synagogue in Nazareth (4:14-30)<br>3. Jesus teaches, heals, and drives out demons in Capernaum (4:31-44)<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. ULT does this with the poetry in 4:10-11 and 4:18-19, which is quoted from the Old Testamentt.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Jesus was tempted by the devil”<br><br>While it is true that the devil actually believed that he could persuade Jesus to disobey God and obey him instead, it is important not to imply in your translation that Jesus would ever really have wanted to obey the devil.
LUK 4 1 n1xx writing-newevent Ἰησοῦς δὲ 1 Then Jesus Luke uses this expression to return to the story after providing background information about Jesus ancestors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include a phrase that would provide continuity with the previous episode in the story. Alternate translation: “After John had baptized Jesus, then Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 4 1 l201 translate-names τοῦ Ἰορδάνου 1 the Jordan **Jordan** is the name of a river. Alternate translation: “the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 1 v18k figs-activepassive ἤγετο ἐν τῷ Πνεύματι 1 was led by the Spirit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 2 bls8 figs-verbs ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil The Greek verb indicates that the temptation continued throughout the 40 days. You can make this clear in your translation, as UST does: “While he was there, the devil kept tempting him for 40 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]])
LUK 4 2 hg5p figs-activepassive ἡμέρας τεσσεράκοντα πειραζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 for 40 days being tempted by the devil If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days the devil kept tempting him” or “For 40 days the devil kept trying to persuade him disobey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 4 2 k47d writing-pronouns καὶ οὐκ ἔφαγεν οὐδὲν 1 he did not eat anything Make sure that it is clear in your translation that the word **he** refers to Jesus, not to the devil. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not eat anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ LUK 7 22 lcm2 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1
LUK 7 22 l372 figs-youdual πορευθέντες…εἴδετε 1 you have gone … you have seen Since Jesus is speaking to two men, **you** would be dual, if your language uses that form. Otherwise, the word would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]])
LUK 7 22 fvz7 figs-activepassive λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται…νεκροὶ ἐγείρονται, πτωχοὶ εὐαγγελίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed … the dead are being raised back to life, the poor are being told the gospel If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express all of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease … people who were dead are coming back to life, poor people are hearing the good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 7 22 l373 figs-explicit λεπροὶ καθαρίζονται 1 lepers are being cleansed As in [5:12](../05/12.md), since the lepers were unclean because of their leprosy, the implication is that Jesus healed them from the disease. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who had leprosy no longer have that disease” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf … the dead … the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you could translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 7 22 qbe3 figs-nominaladj κωφοὶ…νεκροὶ…πτωχοὶ 1 the deaf … the dead … the poor Luke is using these adjectives as nouns. If your language does not use adjectives that way, you can translate them with noun phrases. Alternate translation: “people who were deaf … people who were dead … poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 7 23 y4px figs-activepassive μακάριός ἐστιν ὃς ἐὰν μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 blessed is anyone who is not offended by me If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless the person who always continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 7 23 i7zh figs-litotes μὴ σκανδαλισθῇ ἐν ἐμοί 1 who is not offended by me Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “who continues to trust me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
LUK 7 24 abcd writing-pronouns ἤρξατο λέγειν 1 he began to say Here the pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus began to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -1133,7 +1133,7 @@ LUK 7 27 cc5u figs-you σου…σου 1 your … you The words **your** and **y
LUK 7 27 l378 figs-metaphor ὃς κατασκευάσει τὴν ὁδόν σου ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 who will prepare your way before you As in [3:4](../03/04.md), to make a **way** or a road is a figurative expression that means to help people get ready for the coming of the Messiah. Alternate translation: “who will help people get ready for you to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 7 28 yz6b λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus uses this phrase to focus the crowds attention on what he will say next. Alternate translation: “Now listen carefully”
LUK 7 28 rr11 figs-idiom ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women The phrase **those born of women** is an idiom that refers to all people. Alternate translation: “of all the people who have ever lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 7 28 hfqf figs-activepassive ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν 1 among those born of women If you would like to retain the idiom but your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “among those whom women have borne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 7 28 gfz7 figs-litotes μείζων…Ἰωάννου οὐδείς ἐστιν 1 no one is greater than John Here Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative term together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “John is the greatest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
LUK 7 28 c33u figs-nominaladj ὁ…μικρότερος 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun in order to indicate a kind of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the least important person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 7 28 l379 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ Βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 in the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate the phrase **the kingdom of God** in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “whose life God is ruling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ LUK 8 1 l399 figs-idiom κατὰ πόλιν καὶ κώμην 1 through city a
LUK 8 1 l401 figs-abstractnouns τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 8 1 l402 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Luke is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 8 1 l403 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve Alternatively, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. Even though it is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 8 2 g99l figs-activepassive αἳ ἦσαν τεθεραπευμέναι ἀπὸ πνευμάτων πονηρῶν καὶ ἀσθενειῶν 1 who had been healed from evil spirits and diseases If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had set free from evil spirits and healed of diseases” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 8 2 jq4g translate-names Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 8 2 n4x6 figs-activepassive Μαρία ἡ καλουμένη Μαγδαληνή 1 Mary who was called Magdalene If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Mary, who people called Magdalene” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 8 2 l404 figs-explicit ἀφ’ ἧς δαιμόνια ἑπτὰ ἐξεληλύθει 1 from whom seven demons had gone out The **demons** did not go **out** on their own. It may be helpful to say explicitly that Jesus drove them out. Alternate translation: “from whom Jesus had driven out seven demons” or “whom Jesus had set free from seven demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1421,7 +1421,7 @@ LUK 8 55 k6w2 figs-explicit ἐπέστρεψεν τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτῆ
LUK 8 56 c6mp μηδενὶ εἰπεῖν 1 to tell no one If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the subject positive. Alternate translation: “not to tell anyone”
LUK 9 intro uc1r 0 # Luke 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus sends his 12 apostles to teach and heal (9:1-9)<br>2. Jesus miraculously feeds 5,000 people (9:10-17)<br>3. Jesus speaks with his disciples about who he is (9:18-27)<br>4. The glory of Jesus is revealed on a mountaintop (9:28-36)<br>5. Jesus drives a demon out of a boy (9:37-43)<br>6. Jesus speaks about being his disciple (9:44-50)<br>7. Jesus begins to travel to Jerusalem (9:51-62)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elijah<br><br>God had promised the Jews that the prophet Elijah would return before the Messiah came. So some people who saw Jesus do miracles thought Jesus was Elijah (9:9, 9:19). He was not. However, Elijah did come to earth to speak with Jesus (9:30). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/elijah]])<br><br>### Glory<br><br>Scripture often speaks of Gods glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. Luke says in this chapter that Jesus clothing shone with this glorious light so that his followers could see that Jesus truly was Gods Son. At the same time, God told them that Jesus was his Son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “Whoever would save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for my sake will save it” (9:24).<br><br>### “Receiving”<br><br>This word appears several times in this chapter and means different things. When Jesus says, “If someone receives a little child like this in my name, he also is receiving me, and if someone receives me, he is also receiving the one who sent me” (9:48), he is speaking of people serving the child. When Luke says, “the people there did not receive him” (9:53), he means that the people did not believe in or accept Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
LUK 9 1 l470 figs-nominaladj συνκαλεσάμενος…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 when he had called the Twelve together See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **the Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “when he had called together his 12 apostles” or “when he had called together the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 9 1 l471 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 9 1 l471 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 9 1 zqq6 figs-doublet δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν 1 power and authority **Power** and **authority** mean similar things. Luke uses them together to show that Jesus gave his 12 disciples both the ability and the right to heal people. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this phrase with a combination of words that includes both of these ideas. Alternate translation: “the right to use power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 9 1 fuj7 πάντα τὰ δαιμόνια 1 all the demons This could mean one of two things. Alternate translation: “every demon” or “every kind of demon”
LUK 9 1 h8ql νόσους θεραπεύειν 1 to cure diseases Alternate translation: “to heal people of their sicknesses”
@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ LUK 9 10 r2bq translate-names Βηθσαϊδά 1 Bethsaida **Bethsaida** is the
LUK 9 11 l483 figs-abstractnouns τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the kingdom of God See how you decided to translate this phrase in [4:43](../04/43.md). If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule.” Alternate translation: “how God would rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 9 12 btc8 writing-background ἡ δὲ ἡμέρα ἤρξατο κλίνειν 1 And the day began to end Luke provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next. Alternate translation: “Now it was getting towards the end of the day” or “Now the end of the day was approaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 9 12 l484 figs-nominaladj οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 9 12 l485 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 9 12 l485 translate-names οἱ δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, **the Twelve**, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 9 13 l486 figs-litotes οὐκ εἰσὶν…πλεῖον ἢ 1 There are not more than The disciples are figuratively expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “There are only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
LUK 9 13 tay4 translate-unknown ἄρτοι πέντε 1 five loaves This means **loaves** of bread, which are lumps of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. Alternate translation: “five loaves of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 9 13 vuc1 figs-irony εἰ μήτι πορευθέντες, ἡμεῖς ἀγοράσωμεν εἰς πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον βρώματα 1 unless we go and buy food for all these people The disciples are not making a serious suggestion here. They actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words. Alternate translation: “and we certainly cannot go and buy food for all these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ LUK 9 22 j5k8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι ἀπ
LUK 9 22 d5je figs-activepassive καὶ ἀποκτανθῆναι 1 and to be killed If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and they will kill him” or (if you translated in the first person) “and they will kill me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 9 22 l492 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day This word at the beginning of this phrase indicates a contrast between what this phrase describes and what the previous phrases described. Alternate translation: “but he will be raised on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will be raised on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
LUK 9 22 lw6f figs-activepassive καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on the third day” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 9 22 mfe8 translate-ordinal καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 9 22 mfe8 translate-ordinal καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “but he will come back to life on day three” or (if you translated in the first person) “but I will come back to life on day three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 9 22 l493 figs-idiom καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἐγερθῆναι 1 and to be raised on the third day In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the**third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day” or “day three,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” or “day two” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” or (if you translated in the first person) “and I will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 9 23 h1u1 πρὸς πάντας 1 to them all Alternate translation: “to all of his disciples who were with him”
LUK 9 23 h46s figs-metaphor ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεσθαι 1 come after me To follow or to **come after** Jesus represents being one of his disciples. Alternate translation: “be my disciple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1728,7 +1728,7 @@ LUK 10 21 i2zf figs-irony σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and int
LUK 10 21 l599 figs-doublet σοφῶν καὶ συνετῶν 1 the wise and intelligent The terms **wise** and **intelligent** mean similar things. Jesus uses the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “people who think they understand everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
LUK 10 21 a175 figs-metaphor νηπίοις 1 infants **Infants** refers figuratively to people who may not have much education, but who are willing to accept Jesus teachings in the same way that little children willingly listen to those they trust. You could explain the meaning of this metaphor in your translation, or you could translate it as a simile, as UST does. Alternate translation: “people who trust my teachings implicitly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 21 nm6t figs-metaphor ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 before you Jesus says **before you** to mean “where you could see” or “in your sight.” Sight, in turn, figuratively means attention and judgment. Alternate translation: “in your judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been handed over to me from my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 22 e47e figs-activepassive πάντα μοι παρεδόθη ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 All things have been handed over to me from my Father If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has handed everything over to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 10 22 l600 grammar-connect-exceptions οὐδεὶς γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς, εἰ μὴ ὁ Πατήρ 1 no one knows who the Son is except the Father If, in your language, it would appear that Jesus is making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “only the Father knows who the Son is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])
LUK 10 22 six4 γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Here, the Greek word translated **knows** means to know from personal experience. God the Father knows Jesus in this way. Alternate translation: “is acquainted with the Son” or “is acquainted with me”
LUK 10 22 xm3s figs-123person γινώσκει τίς ἐστιν ὁ Υἱὸς 1 knows who the Son is Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “knows who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@ LUK 11 24 s89t figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκόν μου, ὅθεν ἐξῆλθ
LUK 11 25 b4u3 figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who did the action. Alternate translation: “it finds that someone has swept the house and put it in order” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 11 25 l680 figs-exmetaphor εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order Jesus speaks about the person whom the demon left by continuing the metaphor of a house. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]])
LUK 11 25 l681 figs-explicit εὑρίσκει σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it swept out and put in order The implication is that the house is still empty. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs, but which is still empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 11 26 wqq4 figs-nominaladj γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last things of that man become worse than the first things Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you could supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 11 26 wqq4 figs-nominaladj γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου, χείρονα τῶν πρώτων 1 the last things of that man become worse than the first things Here the adjectives **last** and **first** function as nouns. They are plural, and ULT supplies the noun **things** in each case to show that. If your language does not use adjectives in this way, you can supply a more specific singular noun. Alternate translation: “the final condition of that person is worse than his original condition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 11 26 l682 figs-gendernotations τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου 1 that man Here Jesus is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes all people. Alternate translation: “that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 11 27 m86m writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
LUK 11 27 pk7m figs-idiom ἐπάρασά…φωνὴν…εἶπεν 1 lifting up her voice, said The idiom **lifting up her voice** means that the woman spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “said in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ LUK 12 26 hl4d figs-rquestion εἰ οὖν οὐδὲ ἐλάχιστον δύ
LUK 12 26 l779 figs-nominaladj ἐλάχιστον 1 the least Jesus is using the adjective **least** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “such a very little thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 12 26 l780 figs-explicit τῶν λοιπῶν 1 the rest The implication in context is that Jesus is referring to having food to eat and clothes to wear. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “having food and clothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 12 27 h293 κατανοήσατε τὰ κρίνα πῶς αὐξάνει 1 Consider the lilies—how they grow Alternate translation: “Think about how the lilies grow”
LUK 12 27 s8d3 translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 the lilies The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you could use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 27 s8d3 translate-unknown τὰ κρίνα 1 the lilies The word **lilies** describes beautiful flowers that grow wild in the fields. If your language does not have a word for this flower, you could use the name of a similar flower that your readers would recognize, or you can use a general term. Alternate translation: “the flowers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 27 u3mf translate-unknown οὐδὲ νήθει 1 neither do they spin In this context, to **spin** means to make thread or yarn for cloth. It does not mean to turn in a circle while standing in one place. If your readers might be confused by the term, you could explain the meaning with a phrase. Alternate translation: “and they do not make thread for cloth” or “and they do not make yarn for cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 12 27 l781 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν, οὐδὲ Σολομὼν 1 But I say to you, not even Solomon Jesus says this to emphasize what he is about to tell his disciples. Alternate translation: “I can assure you that not even Solomon”
LUK 12 27 nug5 figs-abstractnouns Σολομὼν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 Solomon in all his glory The abstract noun **glory** could mean: (1) “Solomon, who had great wealth.” (2) “Solomon, who wore beautiful clothes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2461,7 +2461,7 @@ LUK 13 35 l922 figs-explicit ἀφίεται ὑμῖν ὁ οἶκος ὑμῶ
LUK 13 35 l923 figs-you ὑμῖν…ὑμῶν…ὑμῖν 1 your … you … you Jesus is now speaking directly to the people who live in Jerusalem, so **your** and **you** would be plural. The pronoun **you** would also be a plural pronoun in any case where it is needed in your language as a pronoun for a verb, for example, “you say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
LUK 13 35 l924 λέγω δὲ ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Jesus says this to emphasize what he is telling the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “I can assure you”
LUK 13 35 x4y6 οὐ μὴ με ἴδητέ ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 you will certainly not see me until it comes when you say If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make this a positive statement. Alternate translation: “the next time you see me, you will say”
LUK 13 35 l925 figs-idiom ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 until it comes when you say The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you could use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 13 35 l925 figs-idiom ἕως ἥξει ὅτε εἴπητε 1 until it comes when you say The expression **it comes** means “the time comes.” You could express that in your translation, or, if your language does not speak of time as “coming,” you can use an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “until the time comes when you say” or “until the time when you say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 13 35 l926 figs-quotesinquotes ὅτε εἴπητε, εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 when you say, Blessed is the one who comes in the name of the Lord If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “when you say that the one who comes in the name of the Lord is blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 13 35 v6lj figs-metonymy ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου 1 in the name of the Lord Gods **name** figuratively represents his power and authority. Alternate translation: “as Gods representative” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 14 intro xk3w 0 # Luke 14 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus attends a banquet and tells a parable about a banquet (14:1-24)<br>2. Jesus teaches more about being his disciple (14:25-35)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Parable<br><br>Jesus told the parable in Luke 14:15-24 to teach that the kingdom of God will be something that everyone can enjoy, but many people will refuse to be part of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/kingdomofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a statement that describes two things that seem as if they cannot both be true at the same time, but which actually are both true. Jesus speaks a paradox in this chapter: “For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted” (14:11).
@ -2851,7 +2851,7 @@ LUK 16 24 rc6x figs-hyperbole καὶ καταψύξῃ τὴν γλῶσσάν
LUK 16 24 qix8 figs-activepassive ὀδυνῶμαι ἐν τῇ φλογὶ ταύτῃ 1 I am tormented in this flame If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “this flame is making me suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 16 25 m085 figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ Ἀβραάμ, τέκνον, μνήσθητι ὅτι ἀπέλαβες τὰ ἀγαθά σου ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου, καὶ Λάζαρος ὁμοίως τὰ κακά. νῦν δὲ ὧδε παρακαλεῖται, σὺ δὲ ὀδυνᾶσαι 1 But Abraham said, Child, remember that in your lifetime you received your good things, and Lazarus in like manner bad things. But now he is comforted here, and you are tormented If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “But Abraham, addressing the rich man as his descendant, told him to remember that he had received good things in his lifetime, while Lazarus had received bad things in his lifetime, but now Lazarus was receiving comforts with him, while the rich man was suffering greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 16 25 m086 figs-metaphor τέκνον 1 Child Abraham is using the term **child** figuratively to mean “descendant.” As a Jew, the rich man was a descendant of Abraham. Abraham is likely using the term in a compassionate way. Alternate translation: “My dear child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 16 25 we9w figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀγαθά σου 1 the good of yours Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 16 25 we9w figs-nominaladj τὰ ἀγαθά σου 1 the good of yours Abraham is using the adjective **good** as a noun. It is plural. If your language does not use adjectives as nouns, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “your good things” or “things that you enjoyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 16 25 rv17 ὁμοίως 1 likewise Abraham is referring to the fact that both men received something while they lived on earth. He is not saying that what they received was the same. Alternate translation: “while he was living received”
LUK 16 25 hwc8 figs-nominaladj τὰ κακά 1 the bad Abraham is using the adjective **bad** as a noun. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. It is plural. Alternate translation: “bad things” or “things that caused him to suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 16 25 g4js figs-activepassive παρακαλεῖται 1 he is comforted If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he is comfortable” or “he is receiving things that make him happy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -3061,7 +3061,7 @@ LUK 17 37 m191 ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 answerin
LUK 17 37 m192 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθέντες λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 answering they say to him Together the two words **answering** and **say** mean that the disciples responded to what Jesus had been telling them by asking him a question about it. Alternate translation: “the disciples responded to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]])
LUK 17 37 wmg6 figs-explicit ποῦ, Κύριε 1 Where, Lord The implication is that the disciples are asking where the things that Jesus has been describing will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Lord, where will these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 17 37 fen1 writing-proverbs ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together Jesus may be quoting a popular proverb of the time. Alternate translation: “The location will be obvious from the things that you see happening there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
LUK 17 37 m193 figs-metaphor ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together In this proverb, **the body** and **the vultures** are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you could express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 17 37 m193 figs-metaphor ὅπου τὸ σῶμα, ἐκεῖ καὶ οἱ ἀετοὶ ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 Where the body is, there also the vultures will be gathered together In this proverb, **the body** and **the vultures** are figurative. If you would like to present the same image to your readers but your language does not use metaphors, you can express this as a simile. Alternate translation: “Just as vultures gather where there is a dead body, so the things I have described will indicate where this is about to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 17 37 m6ca translate-unknown οἱ ἀετοὶ 1 the vultures The word **vultures** describes large birds that travel in flocks and eat the flesh of dead animals that they find. If your readers would not be familiar with **vultures**, you could use the name of similar birds in your area, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the scavenger birds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 17 37 m194 figs-activepassive ἐπισυναχθήσονται 1 will be gathered together If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “will flock together” or “will assemble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 18 intro v92v 0 # Luke 18 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. Jesus tells a parable about a widow and a judge (18:1-8)<br>2. Jesus tells a parable about a Pharisee and a tax collector (18:9-14)<br>3. Jesus blesses little children (18:15-17)<br>4. Jesus teaches about wealth and the kingdom of God (18:18-30)<br>5. Jesus warns about his impending death (18:31-34)<br>6. Jesus heals a blind man in Jericho (18:35-43)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judges<br><br>People expected judges always to do what God said was right and to make sure that other people did what was right. But some judges did not care about doing right or making sure others did right. Jesus called this kind of judge “unjust.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Pharisees and tax collectors<br><br>The Pharisees thought that they themselves were the best examples of good, righteous people, and they thought that tax collectors were the most unrighteous of sinners. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important textual issues in this chapter<br><br>### “that he had become sad”<br><br>At the beginning of 18:24, in the story of the ruler who asked Jesus how he could have eternal life, some ancient manuscripts of the Bible say that Jesus saw “that he had become sad.” However, the ancient manuscripts considered to be the most accurate do not have that phrase. They say simply that Jesus looked at him. ULT does not have the phrase in its text, but it does have it in a footnote.<br><br>### “we have left everything”<br><br>In 18:28, in some ancient manuscripts of the Bible, Peter says that the disciples have left “everything” to follow Jesus. In other manuscripts, the expression is “our own possessions.” ULT says “everything” in its text, but it acknowledges the variant “our own possessions” in a footnote.<br><br>In each of these cases, if a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to follow its reading. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ LUK 18 30 m238 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ…ἐν τῷ
LUK 18 30 d3xa figs-ellipsis καὶ ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ, ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 and in the age that is coming, eternal life Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. you could supply these words from what he says earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and they will also receive eternal life in the world to come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 18 31 pwk9 παραλαβὼν…τοὺς δώδεκα 1 he took the Twelve aside Alternate translation: “Jesus took the Twelve to a place away from other people where they would be alone”
LUK 18 31 m239 figs-nominaladj τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “his 12 apostles” or “the 12 men he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 18 31 m240 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 18 31 m240 translate-names τοὺς δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 18 31 g4yx figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Jesus uses the term **behold** to get his disciples to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “Indeed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 18 31 m241 figs-idiom ἀναβαίνομεν εἰς Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 we are going up to Jerusalem When Jesus says that they are **going up** to Jerusalem, he means that they are traveling there. That was the customary way of speaking about going to Jerusalem, since the city was up on a mountain. Alternate translation: “we are traveling to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 18 31 pg4k figs-activepassive πάντα τὰ γεγραμμένα διὰ τῶν προφητῶν 1 all the things that have been written by the prophets If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all the things that the prophets have written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -3195,7 +3195,7 @@ LUK 18 32 m244 figs-123person ἐμπαιχθήσεται, καὶ ὑβρισθ
LUK 18 33 u86r figs-123person καὶ μαστιγώσαντες, ἀποκτενοῦσιν αὐτόν; καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται 1 And having whipped him, they will kill him. And on the third day he will rise up If you decided in [18:31](../18/31.md) to use the second person for what Jesus is telling his disciples, use it here as well. Alternate translation: “And after they have whipped me, they will kill me. But two days later I will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
LUK 18 33 fie4 figs-explicit καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ, ἀναστήσεται 1 And on the third day he will rise up See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the **third day**. To make sure that this is clear to your readers, you may wish to use a different expression than “the third day,” especially if, in your culture, this would mean one day longer than Jesus intends. Otherwise, your readers may be confused when they read later in the book that Jesus died on a Friday and came back to life on a Sunday, if that would be “the second day” according to the way your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “and he will spend the next full day in the grave, but on the day after that, he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 18 33 m245 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 And on the third day Jesus uses the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the belief of the authorities that they could kill him and the fact that he would come back to life. Alternate translation: “but on the third day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
LUK 18 33 m246 translate-ordinal τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 18 33 m246 translate-ordinal τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 18 33 m247 figs-metonymy ἀναστήσεται 1 he will rise up Jesus speaks figuratively of his coming back to life as if he will **rise up**, since he will come **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “he will come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 18 34 bm7h αὐτοὶ οὐδὲν τούτων συνῆκαν 1 they understood none of these things If your readers would misunderstand this, you could make the verb negative and the object positive here. Alternate translation: “they did not understand any of these things”
LUK 18 34 b29z figs-explicit οὐδὲν τούτων 1 none of these things Implicitly, **these things** refers to Jesus description of how he would suffer and die in Jerusalem and then rise from the dead. Alternate translation: “none of what Jesus had told them about what was going to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3287,7 +3287,7 @@ LUK 19 15 m285 figs-metonymy τὸ ἀργύριον 1 the silver Jesus is speak
LUK 19 15 xc6s τί διεπραγματεύσαντο 1 what they had gained by doing business Alternate translation: “how much money they had earned with the money he had given them”
LUK 19 16 iy7i figs-quotesinquotes παρεγένετο…ὁ πρῶτος λέγων, Κύριε, ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 the first came and said, Master, your mina has earned ten minas If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the first servant came and told him that he had used his mina to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 16 m286 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 19 16 mf96 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 19 16 ejx9 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου, δέκα προσηργάσατο μνᾶς 1 your mina has earned ten minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the **mina** as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me to earn ten more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 19 16 j7ag translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
LUK 19 17 abcq figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ, εὖ ἀγαθὲ δοῦλε! ὅτι ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ, πιστὸς ἐγένου, ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 And he said to him, Well done, good servant. Because you were faithful in very little, be having authority over ten cities If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king told this first servant that he had done a good job, and that because he had shown in a small task that he was faithful, he was making him the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ LUK 19 17 t6zk ἐν ἐλαχίστῳ 1 in very little This could mean: (1)
LUK 19 17 m288 figs-imperative ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων ἐπάνω δέκα πόλεων 1 be having authority over ten cities The new king speaks this as a command, but it is not one that the servant is capable of obeying on his own. Rather, the king is using the command form to appoint the servant to a position of authority. Alternate translation: “I am making you the ruler of ten cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 19 18 zsr1 figs-quotesinquotes ἦλθεν ὁ δεύτερος λέγων, ἡ μνᾶ σου, Κύριε, ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 the second came and said, Your mina, master, has made five minas If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “the second servant came and told him that he had used his mina to make five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
LUK 19 18 m289 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 19 18 ic7p translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 19 18 irh6 figs-personification ἡ μνᾶ σου…ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς 1 Your mina … has made five minas The servant is speaking figuratively of the mina as if it had earned the money. Alternate translation: “I used the mina you gave me … to earn five more minas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 19 18 d811 translate-bweight μνᾶ 1 mina See how you translated **mina** in [19:13](../19/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
LUK 19 19 abcr figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν δὲ καὶ τούτῳ, καὶ σὺ ἐπάνω γίνου πέντε πόλεων 1 So he also said to this one, And you will be over five cities If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “So the king similarly told this second servant that he was making him the ruler of five cities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
@ -3468,7 +3468,7 @@ LUK 20 10 isk1 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτὸν…κενόν
LUK 20 11 r72a ἀτιμάσαντες 1 treated him shamefully Alternate translation: “humiliated him”
LUK 20 11 vxh2 figs-metaphor ἐξαπέστειλαν κενόν 1 sent him away empty See how you translated this in [20:10](../20/10.md). Alternate translation: “sent him away without giving him anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 12 m363 figs-nominaladj τρίτον 1 a third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “a third servant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 12 lr3h translate-ordinal τρίτον 1 a third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “servant number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 12 ub4g οἱ…καὶ τοῦτον τραυματίσαντες 1 they also wounded that one Alternate translation: “they injured that servant as well”
LUK 20 12 h32a figs-metaphor ἐξέβαλον 1 threw him out Jesus is likely speaking figuratively when he says that the farmers **threw** this servant out of the vineyard. It is unlikely that they actually picked him up and heaved him through the air. Alternate translation: “chased him off the property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 20 13 m364 ὁ κύριος τοῦ ἀμπελῶνος 1 the lord of the vineyard Alternate translation: “the owner of the vineyard” or “the man who had planted the vineyard”
@ -3538,26 +3538,26 @@ LUK 20 28 m388 figs-metaphor σπέρμα 1 seed See how you translated this fig
LUK 20 29 c2jr grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical οὖν 1 Therefore The Sadducees are not saying this to draw a logical inference, but to lead into a question about a hypothetical possibility. Alternate translation (as a separate sentence): “We would like to ask you how this law would be applied in a possible situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])
LUK 20 29 ax5n figs-hypo ἑπτὰ οὖν ἀδελφοὶ ἦσαν; καὶ ὁ πρῶτος, λαβὼν γυναῖκα, ἀπέθανεν ἄτεκνος 1 there were seven brothers, and the first, having taken a wife, died childless While the Sadducees describe this as if it happened, they are actually asking about a hypothetical possibility in order to test Jesus. Alternate translation: “Suppose there were seven brothers, and the oldest brother got married, but he died before he had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 20 29 si57 figs-nominaladj ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first Jesus is using the adjective **first** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the first brother” or “the oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 29 m389 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 29 m389 translate-ordinal ὁ πρῶτος 1 the first If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 30 m390 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 20 30 p5mw figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The division at the end of this verse separates this subject from its verb, effectively creating an ellipsis that is not in the original Greek. The verb, “took her,” must now be supplied from the next verse. Alternate translation: “the second brother then married her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
LUK 20 30 m391 figs-explicit καὶ ὁ δεύτερος 1 and the second The implication, as the next verse says specifically, is that after this second brother married the first brothers widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the second brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 30 m392 figs-nominaladj ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second Jesus is using the adjective **second** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the second brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 30 r4xe translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 30 r4xe translate-ordinal ὁ δεύτερος 1 the second If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number two” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 31 m393 figs-hypo καὶ 1 and The Sadducees are continuing to describe a hypothetical situation. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “And suppose that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 20 31 d5tq figs-explicit ὁ τρίτος ἔλαβεν αὐτήν 1 the third took her The implication, as the end of the verse says specifically, is that after this third brother married the widow, he too died before they had any children. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The third brother then married her, but he also died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 31 m394 figs-nominaladj ὁ τρίτος 1 the third Jesus is using the adjective **third** as a noun in order to indicate a particular person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify the person. Alternate translation: “the third brother” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 31 ky9p translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 the third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 31 ky9p translate-ordinal ὁ τρίτος 1 the third If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “brother number three” or “the next oldest brother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 20 31 f1fj figs-explicit ὡσαύτως δὲ καὶ οἱ ἑπτὰ, οὐ κατέλιπον τέκνα, καὶ ἀπέθανον 1 and likewise the seven also left no children, and died The Sadducees are speaking in a compact way in order to keep the story short. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could supply the information they leave out from the context. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “In the same way, the rest of the seven brothers married this widow, but they all died before they had any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 33 avu1 ἐν τῇ…ἀναστάσει 1 in the resurrection The Sadducees did not actually believe that there would be a resurrection. Your language may have a way of showing this. Alternate translation: “in the supposed resurrection” or “when people supposedly rise from the dead”
LUK 20 33 m395 figs-hypo οὖν 1 Therefore This introduces the question that the Sadducees had planned all along to ask Jesus about the hypothetical situation they were describing. If you said “Suppose” in the previous three verses, you could begin this sentence with “Then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
LUK 20 33 m396 οἱ…ἑπτὰ ἔσχον αὐτὴν γυναῖκα 1 the seven had her as wife Alternate translation: “each of the seven were married to her”
LUK 20 34 nlu3 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage In this culture, the idiom was to say that men married their wives and that women were given in marriage to their husbands by their parents. If your culture does not use different expressions like that, you could use a single term here. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world get married” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 34 m397 figs-activepassive οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου γαμοῦσιν καὶ γαμίσκονται 1 The sons of this age marry and are given in marriage If your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can state who does the action in the second case. Alternate translation: “In this present world, men marry wives and parents give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 34 n91c figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the sons of this age The term **sons of** is an idiom that means the people in view share the qualities of something. In this case, Jesus is describing people who share the quality of living in the present world. Alternate translation: “The people of this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 20 34 m398 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Jesus is using the word **sons** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “The people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
LUK 20 34 m399 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 this age As in [16:8](../16/08.md), here the term **age** means specifically the long period of time defined by the duration of the world; by association, it means the world itself. Alternate translation: “this present world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you could use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m8m9 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες…οὔτε γαμοῦσιν οὔτε γαμίζονται 1 those who are considered worthy … neither marry nor are given in marriage As in [20:34](../20/34.md), if your language does not use passive verbal forms, but your culture does use different expressions for men and women when they marry, you can use two different active verbal forms here, and you can specify the agent in the second case. Alternate translation: “among the people whom God considers worthy … the men will not marry wives and parents will not give their daughters in marriage to husbands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m400 figs-activepassive οἱ…καταξιωθέντες 1 those who are considered worthy If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who does the action. Alternate translation: “the people whom God considers worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 20 35 m401 figs-metonymy τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκείνου, τυχεῖν καὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain that age and resurrection that is from the dead Jesus is using the word **age** in the same figurative sense as in [18:30](../18/30.md), to mean the new world that God will introduce after the end of this present world. See how you translated the expression there. Alternate translation: “to live in his new world when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 20 35 ct9h figs-abstractnouns τυχεῖν…τῆς ἀναστάσεως τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 to obtain … the resurrection that is from the dead If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **resurrection**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “when he brings back to life the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -3577,7 +3577,7 @@ LUK 20 37 nx7f figs-verbs λέγει 1 he calls In many languages, it is convent
LUK 20 37 pqm8 figs-explicit τὸν Θεὸν Ἀβραὰμ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰσαὰκ, καὶ Θεὸν Ἰακώβ 1 the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob The implication is that God would not have identified himself as the God of these men if they were not alive. This must mean that God brought them back to life after they died. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 20 37 m407 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 Abraham … Isaac … Jacob translate-names
LUK 20 38 tdq7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Jesus uses this word to introduce a teaching about God that will help the Sadducees understand how Gods description of himself at the burning bush proves that God raises people from the dead. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]])
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 20 38 u1y5 figs-parallelism οὐκ…νεκρῶν, ἀλλὰ ζώντων 1 not … of the dead, but of the living These two phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is using repetition for emphasis. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you can express this idea with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “of living people only” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LUK 20 38 m408 figs-nominaladj νεκρῶν 1 the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 38 dxi9 figs-nominaladj ζώντων 1 the living Jesus is using the adjective **living** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “people who are alive” or “people whom he has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 20 38 i6am figs-explicit πάντες γὰρ αὐτῷ ζῶσιν 1 for all are alive to him Interpreters understand this statement in various ways. One likely possibility is that Jesus is saying implicitly that after people die, while they are **dead** as far as other people are concerned, they are **alive** as far as God is concerned. That is because their spirits live on after death, and God is still able to relate to their spirits. Alternate translation: “because even after people die, God is still able to relate to them as living spirits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ LUK 22 3 r65v εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς 1 entered into This was probably ver
LUK 22 3 m499 translate-names Ἰούδαν…Ἰσκαριώτην 1 Judas Iscariot **Judas** is the name of a man, and **Iscariot** is a distinguishing surname. See how you translated these words in [6:16](../06/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 3 m500 figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Ἰσκαριώτην 1 the one called Iscariot If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom people called Iscariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 3 m501 figs-nominaladj ὄντα ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα 1 who was from the number of the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 disciples whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 3 m502 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate this as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 4 qpi4 figs-explicit στρατηγοῖς 1 captains The temple had its own guards, and these were their commanding officers. Alternate translation: “captains of the temple guard” or “temple military officers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 4 s7qx writing-pronouns πῶς αὐτοῖς παραδῷ αὐτόν 1 how he might deliver him to them The pronoun **him** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “how he could help them arrest Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 22 5 ir4p ἐχάρησαν 1 they rejoiced Alternate translation: “this made the chief priests and captains very glad”
@ -3831,7 +3831,7 @@ LUK 22 11 iv6f ὁ διδάσκαλος 1 the Teacher **Teacher** is a respectf
LUK 22 11 pq8q figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Jesus is telling Peter and John to use the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 22 12 lpw6 κἀκεῖνος 1 and that one Alternate translation: “And the owner of the house”
LUK 22 12 lg2z translate-unknown ἀνάγαιον 1 upper room In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built above other rooms. If your community does not have houses like that, you could use another expression to describe a large indoor space that people could use for a celebration meal. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 12 m506 figs-activepassive ἐστρωμένον 1 furnished This is a passive verbal form. If your language does not use such forms, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “that has carpets, dining couches, and a dining table” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 13 m507 grammar-connect-logic-result δὲ 1 And Luke uses this word to introduce the results of what the previous sentences described. Because Jesus told Peter and John to do this, they did it. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 22 13 g9ty figs-explicit ἀπελθόντες 1 they went The implication is that these two disciples went into the city of Jerusalem, as Jesus had told them to do. Alternate translation: “Peter and John went into the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 13 m508 figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 the Passover Luke is using the name of this part of the festival, **Passover**, to refer figuratively to the meal that people shared on that occasion. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -3969,7 +3969,7 @@ LUK 22 47 kt25 writing-participants ὄχλος 1 a crowd Luke is introducing ne
LUK 22 47 m565 figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος Ἰούδας 1 the one called Judas If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whose name was Judas” or “the man that people called Judas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 22 47 m56x translate-names Ἰούδας 1 Judas **Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [22:3](../22/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 47 m567 figs-nominaladj εἷς τῶν δώδεκα 1 one of the Twelve See how you translated this in [8:1](../08/01.md). You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective **Twelve** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “who was one of the 12 men Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 47 m568 translate-names τῶν δώδεκα 1 the Twelve You may have decided instead in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate **Twelve** as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 22 47 mva7 figs-explicit προήρχετο αὐτούς 1 was leading them Judas was showing the people where Jesus was. He was not the person in charge of the whole group. Alternate translation: “leading them to where Jesus was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 22 47 c2l7 translate-symaction φιλῆσαι αὐτόν 1 to kiss him In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would kiss them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “to greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “to give him a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 22 48 e2n9 figs-rquestion φιλήματι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδως? 1 are you betraying the Son of Man with a kiss? Jesus is using the question form to rebuke Judas. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not be using a kiss to betray the Son of Man!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -4125,7 +4125,7 @@ LUK 23 20 vbp4 writing-pronouns πάλιν…προσεφώνησεν αὐτο
LUK 23 20 t1i2 grammar-connect-logic-result θέλων ἀπολῦσαι τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 desiring to release Jesus If your readers would misunderstand this, you could put this phrase before the previous one, as UST does, since it gives the reason why Pilate spoke to the leaders and the crowd again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
LUK 23 21 m614 translate-unknown σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him As a note to [14:27](../14/27.md) explains, the Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to **crucify** someone. Alternate translation: “Nail him to a cross! Execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
LUK 23 21 m615 figs-imperative σταύρου, σταύρου αὐτόν 1 Crucify, crucify him This is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate it as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he spoke to them a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 23 22 iz5v translate-ordinal ὁ…τρίτον εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς 1 he spoke to them a third time If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “Pilate spoke to the crowd again, for time number three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 23 22 ck75 figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν οὗτος? 1 For what evil has this one done? Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
LUK 23 22 de5a οὐδὲν αἴτιον θανάτου εὗρον ἐν αὐτῷ 1 No cause for death have I found in him Alternate translation: “I have not found any grounds to convict him of a crime for which he should be executed”
LUK 23 22 mij1 figs-explicit παιδεύσας οὖν αὐτὸν, ἀπολύσω 1 Therefore, having punished him, I will release him See the note to this same sentence in [23:16](../23/16.md). Pilate should have released Jesus without punishment, because he was innocent. It seems that Pilate decided to punish Jesus anyway to try to satisfy the Jewish leaders. However, since Luke does not provide this explanation in his book, you probably should not add it to your translation. But you could make explicit that Pilate is saying he is not going to execute Jesus. Alternate translation: “So I will not execute him, but whip him, and then let him go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -4232,11 +4232,11 @@ LUK 23 43 m659 σήμερον μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἔσῃ ἐν τῷ Παρ
LUK 23 43 f1fl τῷ Παραδείσῳ 1 in paradise See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the term **paradise**. Alternate translation: “in the place where people whom God has accepted go when they die”
LUK 23 44 m660 writing-background καὶ ἦν ἤδη 1 And it was already Luke uses this phrase to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. He explains that it was about noon so that readers will appreciate how extraordinary it was that the entire sky became dark. Alternate translation: “Now by this time it was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 23 44 x7fl ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six oclock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “about noon”
LUK 23 44 m661 translate-ordinal ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 23 44 m661 translate-ordinal ὡσεὶ ὥρα ἕκτη 1 about the sixth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “around hour six” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 23 44 q4t3 σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land The term translated as **land** could refer to: (1) a particular area. Alternate translation, as in UST: “it became dark throughout that whole area” (2) the earth. Alternate translation: “darkness covered the entire earth”
LUK 23 44 m662 figs-metonymy σκότος ἐγένετο ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν γῆν 1 darkness was over the whole land This could also be a figurative reference to the sky, since it is **over** the **land**. Alternate translation: “the entire sky became dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 23 44 e8zn ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour This phrase also expresses the way people in this culture began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six oclock in the morning. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “until three oclock in the afternoon”
LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 23 44 m663 translate-ordinal ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 until the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “until hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 23 45 hjt3 figs-personification τοῦ ἡλίου ἐκλειπόντος 1 The sun failed This means figuratively that **the sun**, as if it were an active agent, **failed** to give its light. Luke is speaking from an observational perspective. The sun was still shining above the darkness, but its light could not be seen through the darkness. Alternate translation: “It was too dark even to see the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 23 45 m664 translate-symaction ἐσχίσθη δὲ τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ μέσον 1 the curtain of the temple was torn in the middle See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
LUK 23 45 ssh2 figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 the curtain of the temple Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to the curtain that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of the temple. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -4290,7 +4290,7 @@ LUK 23 56 uzk9 ἡσύχασαν 1 they rested Alternate translation: “the wo
LUK 23 56 tk6s κατὰ τὴν ἐντολήν 1 according to the commandment Alternate translation: “as Moses had commanded in the law”
LUK 24 intro r5qx 0 # Luke 24 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1. The women go to Jesus tomb and find it empty (24:1-12)<br>2. Two disciples meet Jesus on a journey to Emmaus (24:13-35)<br>3. Jesus, risen from the dead, appears to his disciples (24:36-53)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The loyalty of the women<br><br>Many of Lukes original readers would have thought that women were less important than men. But Luke carefully demonstrates that some women who loved Jesus very much showed him greater loyalty than the twelve disciples did. While the disciples ran away and hid, the women lovingly cared for Jesus body, and as a result, they were the first to learn that he had risen from the dead.<br><br>### Resurrection<br><br>Luke wants his readers to understand that Jesus came alive again in a physical body ([Luke 24:38-43](../24/38.md)).<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “the third day”<br><br>This expression occurs three times in this chapter, in [24:7](../24/07.md), [24:21](../24/21.md), and [24:46](../24/46.md). See the explanation of this expression in the note to Luke [18:33](../18/33.md). In the idiom of this culture, today was the “first day,” tomorrow was the “second day,” and the day after tomorrow was the “third day.” By that way of reckoning time, since Jesus died on a Friday, when he rose from the dead on a Sunday, that was the “third day.”<br><br>### Two men in bright shining robes<br><br>Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all write about angels in white clothing speaking with the women at Jesus tomb. Matthew and John call them angels, while Mark and Luke call them men, but that is only because the angels appeared in human form. Luke and John write about both angels, while Matthew and Mark write about only one of them. It would be best to translate each of these passages as it appears in ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
LUK 24 1 m682 figs-explicit τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week This implicitly means the **first** day of the week. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 1 r62f translate-ordinal τῇ…μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων 1 on the first of the week Here Luke is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 1 m683 figs-idiom ὄρθρου βαθέως 1 deeply at dawn This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at the first light of dawn” or “as dawn was just beginning to break” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 24 1 qg7a writing-pronouns ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα ἦλθαν 1 they came to the tomb The pronoun **they** refers to the women whom Luke describes in [23:55-56](../23/55.md). Alternate translation: “these women returned to the tomb” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
LUK 24 2 jq9p εὗρον…τὸν λίθον ἀποκεκυλισμένον 1 they found the stone rolled away Alternate translation: “they saw that the stone had been rolled away”
@ -4318,11 +4318,11 @@ LUK 24 7 m692 figs-explicit τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the S
LUK 24 7 e4ca figs-metaphor εἰς χεῖρας ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 into the hands of sinful men As in [9:44](../09/44.md), **hands** here figuratively represent power and control. Alternate translation: “and give sinful men power over him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and give sinful men power over me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LUK 24 7 m693 figs-activepassive καὶ σταυρωθῆναι 1 and to be crucified If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “and for those sinful men to crucify him” or, if you are translating as a direct quotation in the first person, “and for those sinful men to crucify me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 24 7 m694 figs-explicit καὶ τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ ἀναστῆναι 1 and on the third day to rise up See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Alternate translation: “and after spending the next full day in the grave, to come back to life on the day after that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 7 dta4 translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 7 m695 figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 to rise up Jesus spoke figuratively of coming back to life in this way, since it involved coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “to come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 24 8 rew5 figs-metonymy ἐμνήσθησαν τῶν ῥημάτων αὐτοῦ 1 they remembered his words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to describe the statement that Jesus made using words. Alternate translation: “the women remembered what Jesus had said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 24 9 iz68 figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven This expression is equivalent to “the Twelve,” which occurs in [8:1](../08/01.md) and several other places in the book. See how you translated it there. Luke now says **the Eleven** because Judas Iscariot was no longer part of the group. You may have decided to translate the nominal adjective “Twelve” with an equivalent phrase. If so, you could do the same thing here. Alternate translation: “the 11 men who remained of those whom Jesus had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you could do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 9 m696 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Alternatively, you may have decided in [8:1](../08/01.md) to translate “the Twelve” as a title, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns. If so, you can do the same thing with **the Eleven** here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
LUK 24 9 fnh6 figs-explicit καὶ πᾶσιν τοῖς λοιποῖς 1 and to all the rest Implicitly this means all the other disciples of Jesus who were together with the 11 apostles at that time. Alternate translation: “and to all the rest of the disciples who were with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 10 h1ml writing-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses this phrase to introduce some background information, specifically, the names of some of the women who came from the tomb and told the apostles what had happened there. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
LUK 24 10 m697 translate-names Μαγδαληνὴ Μαρία 1 Mary Magdalene **Mary** is the name of a woman, and **Magdalene** is a distinguishing term that most likely means that she came from the town of Magdala. See how you translated this in [8:2](../08/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -4376,7 +4376,7 @@ LUK 24 21 ljb1 figs-metaphor ὁ μέλλων λυτροῦσθαι τὸν Ἰ
LUK 24 21 m726 figs-personification τὸν Ἰσραήλ 1 Israel The men are speaking of all the Israelites as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LUK 24 21 d52i figs-idiom ἀλλά γε καὶ σὺν πᾶσιν τούτοις 1 But indeed also with all these things The men are speaking in an idiomatic way for emphasis. Alternate translation: “And besides all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LUK 24 21 sg3g figs-explicit τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened By saying **he is spending this third day**, the men are referring to Jesus as if he were alive. However, they are actually saying how long he has been dead. They are going to tell how the women reported that his grave was empty, and they find it unbelievable that anyone who had been dead that long would have gotten up out of the grave. See how you translated the expression **the third day** in 9:22, and express this in the way that your culture reckons time. Alternate translation: “the Romans put him to death on the day before yesterday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 21 xqc3 translate-ordinal τρίτην ταύτην ἡμέραν ἄγει, ἀφ’ οὗ ταῦτα ἐγένετο 1 he is spending this third day since these things happened If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “this is day three since these things happened to him” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “this is day two since these things happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 22 a3j9 γυναῖκές τινες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 some women among us Alternate translation: “some women in our group”
LUK 24 22 m727 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμᾶς 1 us … us The men are speaking of themselves and their fellow disciples, but not of Jesus, so **us** would be exclusive in both instances here, if your language marks that form. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
LUK 24 22 du1v γενόμεναι ὀρθριναὶ ἐπὶ τὸ μνημεῖον 1 having been at the tomb early The men are using this expression to refer to the **women**, not to themselves. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here and continue it into the next verse. Alternate translation: “They went to his tomb early this morning”
@ -4476,7 +4476,7 @@ LUK 24 46 m780 figs-synecdoche παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν 1 the Chris
LUK 24 46 e75f figs-metonymy ἀναστῆναι 1 rise up Jesus speaks figuratively in this way of coming back to life, since it involves coming **up** out of the grave. Alternate translation: “come back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LUK 24 46 m781 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Jesus is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “from among the people who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
LUK 24 46 m782 figs-explicit τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day See how you translated this in [9:22](../09/22.md). Express this in the way that your language and culture reckon time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LUK 24 46 r2zy translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 46 r2zy translate-ordinal τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on the third day If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “on day three” or, depending on how your culture reckons time, “on day two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
LUK 24 47 m783 figs-abstractnouns κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the idea behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “it would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LUK 24 47 w5j5 figs-activepassive κηρυχθῆναι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν εἰς ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν εἰς πάντα τὰ ἔθνη, ἀρξάμενοι ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 repentance for forgiveness of sins would be proclaimed in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “people would go and preach in his name to all the nations, beginning from Jerusalem, that God will forgive those who stop sinning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
LUK 24 47 lty6 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here the **name** of the Messiah figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “on his authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

View File

@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 1 1 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**.
2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters.
2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father”
2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort This could mean: (1) the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God**. (2) the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ This could refer to: (1) the **sufferings** that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ. (2) the **sufferings** that Christ experienced on their behalf.
2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort”
2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 1 10 mwn9 καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us”
2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us”
2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -59,17 +59,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
2CO 2 2 nb6x figs-rquestion εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ? 1 If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me? Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 2 2 x2vr figs-activepassive ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 the very one who was hurt by me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 2 x2vr figs-activepassive ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 the very one who was hurt by me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 3 kxu2 figs-explicit ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ 1 I wrote this same thing Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 3 i5r6 ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 my joy is the same joy you all have Alternate translation: “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
2CO 2 4 uch7 ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως 1 from great affliction Here the word **affliction** refers to emotional pain.
2CO 2 4 vs7m figs-metonymy συνοχῆς καρδίας 1 with anguish of heart Here the word **heart** refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 2 4 d5vf διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων 1 with many tears Alternate translation: “with much crying”
2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 6 wr3k figs-abstractnouns ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 6 wr3k figs-abstractnouns ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 2 6 a7c4 ἱκανὸν 1 is enough Alternate translation: “is sufficient”
2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 8 r916 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
2CO 2 8 yi2z κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην 1 publicly affirm your love for him This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
2CO 2 9 xw5t figs-explicit εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε 1 you are obedient in everything This could mean: (1) the Corinthians **are obedient** to God **in everything**. (2) the Corinthians **are obedient** **in everything** that Paul has taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 2 11 m46t figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 2 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 2 12 n9cr figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 12 n9cr figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 13 rjy9 οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 I had no relief in my spirit Alternate translation: “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
2CO 2 13 xd5h Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 my brother Titus Paul speaks of **Titus** as his spiritual **brother**.
2CO 2 13 wq6j ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 So I left them Alternate translation: “So I left the people of Troas”
@ -86,10 +86,10 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads … everywhere Alternate translation: “he spreads … everywhere we go”
2CO 2 15 x6nn figs-metaphor Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were the pleasing smell of a burnt offering that someone offers to **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ This could refer to: (1) the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of **Christ**. (2) the sweet aroma that **Christ** offers.
2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 16 dwk6 figs-metaphor ὀσμὴ 1 an aroma This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “the knowledge of Christ is an aroma” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death This could mean: (1) the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of **death** that causes people to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell Gods message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -102,15 +102,15 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 3 1 ad1u συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν 1 letters of recommendation This refers to **letters** that people write to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
2CO 3 2 ty59 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε 1 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a **letter** of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Pauls ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation. (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 3 s717 figs-explicit ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the **letter**. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 3 3 wrk4 διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 cared for by us Alternate translation: “brought by us”
2CO 3 3 q96q ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 It was written not with ink … on tablets of human hearts Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects.
2CO 3 3 vyuh figs-ellipsis ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 The verb “written” is implied in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not written with ink, but written with the Spirit of the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 3 3 qt5g figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 3 qt5g figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 3 t5ah figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 not on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts The verb “written” is implied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “not a letter that was written on stone tablets, but a letter that was written on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 3 3 ih89 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 3 ih89 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 3 u959 figs-metaphor πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their **hearts** as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 4 z7qx πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν 1 such confidence This refers to what Paul has just said. His **confidence** comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
2CO 3 5 qye9 ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί 1 competent in ourselves Alternate translation: “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 3 7 lyf7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed.
2CO 3 7 ut6r figs-irony εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 Now if the ministry that produced death … came in such glory Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to **death**, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 3 7 du65 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου 1 the ministry that produced death Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 7 r5p5 ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 in such glory Alternate translation: “in so much glory that”
2CO 3 8 xxn6 figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ? 1 Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory? Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 3 8 wq1v figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the ministry of the Spirit Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 3 9 e5zz figs-metaphor πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ. 1 the ministry of righteousness abound in glory Paul speaks of **the ministry of righteousness** as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that this ministry is far more glorious than the law, which also had **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 9 ufq6 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the ministry of righteousness Here, **the ministry of righteousness** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 3 10 n4pe καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης 1 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious … because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears **glorious** when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
2CO 3 10 t2dq figs-activepassive τὸ δεδοξασμένον 1 that which was once made glorious If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 10 t2dq figs-activepassive τὸ δεδοξασμένον 1 that which was once made glorious If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 10 d7k5 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει 1 in this respect Alternate translation: “in this way”
2CO 3 11 zwb2 figs-metaphor τὸ καταργούμενον 1 that which was fading away This refers to “the ministry of condemnation,” which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: “that which was becoming useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 12 tnc1 ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα 1 Since we have such a hope The word **Therefore** refers to what Paul has just said. His **hope** comes from knowing that the new covenant has an eternal glory.
@ -143,17 +143,17 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 3 14 zm7j ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 For until this present day Here, **the present day** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
2CO 3 14 w68p figs-metaphor τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει 1 when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses face because he covered his face with a **veil**, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the **old covenant**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 14 gg2d ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης 1 when they read the old covenant Alternate translation: “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 15 rjh5 ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον 1 But even today Here the word **today** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
2CO 3 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law that Moses wrote down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 3 15 ip29 figs-activepassive ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 15 ip29 figs-activepassive ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word **heart** represents what people think. Alternate translation: “a veil prevents them from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 3 15 bb5u figs-metaphor κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 Here the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have **a veil** that covers **their heart** the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here, **turn to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word **we** refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see Gods glory reflected on Moses face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding Gods **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the **glory** of believers. Alternate translation: “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory”
2CO 3 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord Alternate translation: “just as this comes from the Lord”
2CO 4 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Life and death<br><br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hope<br><br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 4 2 aj24 συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων 1 commending ourselves to every persons conscience This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
2CO 4 2 f6n1 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to Gods presence. Gods understanding and approval of Pauls truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 3 mti5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 3 hz2f figs-activepassive εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 3 hz2f figs-activepassive εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 3 e5yu τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν 1 our gospel Alternate translation: “the gospel that we preach”
2CO 4 4 r6pz figs-metaphor ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the god of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelieving Paul speaks of the **minds** of unbelievers as if they had eyes, and their inability to understand as their minds being unable to see. Alternate translation: “the god of this world has prevented unbelievers from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 4 tx9h ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the god of this world This phrase refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “the god who rules this world”
@ -184,50 +184,50 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 4 6 p736 figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ Just as Gods **glory** shone upon Moses face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon **the face of Jesus**. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about Gods glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 7 xe5i figs-exclusive ἔχομεν δὲ 1 But we have Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 4 7 xx2c figs-metaphor ἔχομεν…τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν 1 we have this treasure in jars of clay Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a** treasure** and their bodies as if they were breakable **jars** made out of **clay**. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 8 ga9z figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 We are afflicted in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 9 bz8m figs-activepassive διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι 1 We are persecuted but not forsaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 9 uvq1 figs-activepassive καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι 1 We are struck down but not destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 8 ga9z figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 We are afflicted in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 9 bz8m figs-activepassive διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι 1 We are persecuted but not forsaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 9 uvq1 figs-activepassive καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι 1 We are struck down but not destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 10 zt4b figs-metaphor πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες 1 We always carry in our body the death of Jesus Paul speaks of his sufferings as if they are an experience of **the death of Jesus**. Alternate translation: “we are often in danger of dying, as Jesus died” or “we always suffer in such a way that we experience the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 10 l6f6 καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because **Jesus** is alive. (2) the spiritual **life** that **Jesus** gives also may be shown in our bodies.
2CO 4 10 w3jc figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 10 w3jc figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 11 ht74 figs-metaphor ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ ζῶντες, εἰς θάνατον παραδιδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 For we who are alive are always being handed over to death for the sake of Jesus Here, **being handed over to death** represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus” or “for people are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 11 d1wm ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh God wants Jesus **life** to **be shown** in us. This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive. (2) the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
2CO 4 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 12 q3il figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 death is at work in us, but life is at work in you Paul speaks of **death** and **life** as if they are persons who can **work**. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2CO 4 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith Here the word **spirit** refers a persons attitude and temperament. Alternate translation: “the same attitude of faith”
2CO 4 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 13 il5h ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα 1 I believed, and so I spoke This is a quote from the Psalms.
2CO 4 14 t2i8 figs-idiom ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ…ἐγερεῖ 1 that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will … raise Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will also raise” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will also raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CO 4 15 v7sj τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 For all these things are for your sake Here, **all these things** refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 15 u8pp figs-metaphor τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ 1 thanksgiving may increase Paul speaks of **thanksgiving** as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 16 u6e5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
2CO 4 16 cb92 figs-doublenegatives διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν 1 So we do not become discouraged If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 4 16 hhv6 figs-explicit ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται 1 outwardly we are wasting away This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: “our physical bodies are getting weak and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 4 16 s9b2 figs-explicit ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: “our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 4 16 zct5 figs-activepassive ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 16 zct5 figs-activepassive ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 17 pd63 figs-metaphor τὸ γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν…αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης, κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν 1 this momentary, light affliction is preparing us for an eternal weight of glory Paul speaks of his sufferings and the **glory** that God will give him as if they were objects that can be weighed. The glory far outweighs the suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 17 na9y figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 that exceeds all measurement The glory that Paul will experience is so heavy that no one can measure it. Alternate translation: “that cannot be measured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 4 17 d9re figs-activepassive καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen … things that are unseen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 17 d9re figs-activepassive καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen … things that are unseen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 4 18 f97x figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 but for things that are unseen You can supply the verb for this phrase. Alternate translation: “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 5 intro s14p 0 # 2 Corinthians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New bodies in heaven<br><br>Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### New creation<br><br>The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Home<br><br>The Christians home is no longer in the world. A Christians real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christians circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of reconciliation”<br><br>This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
2CO 5 1 p7b7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts believers earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
2CO 5 1 z4vs figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God Here a temporary **earthly dwelling** is a metaphor for a persons physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 1 bqi5 figs-synecdoche οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 It is a house not made by human hands Here, **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here, **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven, not made by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CO 5 1 bbvr figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 1 bbvr figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here, **this** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
2CO 5 2 ss6g figs-metaphor τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες 1 longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling The words **our dwelling that is from heaven** means the same thing as “a building from God.” Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 3 i4es ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 we have put it on Alternate translation: “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 4 bz6k figs-metaphor οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει 1 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a **tent**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
2CO 5 4 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed … we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing for our spirit. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed Alternate translation: “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
2CO 5 4 de2b figs-metaphor ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an animal that eats **the mortal**. The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 5 g7yj figs-metaphor ὁ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 who gave us the Spirit as the down payment The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were a partial **down payment** toward eternal life. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 5 6 clh5 0 Connecting Statement: Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because: (1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ. (2) Christ who died for believers in love.
2CO 5 6 xv3m figs-metaphor ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 being at home in the body Paul speaks of the physical **body** as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -239,11 +239,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 5 9 j1sl εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι 1 to be pleasing to him Alternate translation: “to please the Lord”
2CO 5 10 kdf2 ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 before the judgment seat of Christ Alternate translation: “before Christ to be judged”
2CO 5 10 c499 κομίσηται ἕκαστος 1 each one may receive back the things done in Alternate translation: “each person may receive what he deserves for”
2CO 5 10 v8sl figs-activepassive τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος 1 the things done in the body If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 10 v8sl figs-activepassive τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος 1 the things done in the body If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 10 lsh8 εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν 1 whether for good or for bad Alternate translation: “whether those things were good or bad”
2CO 5 11 dzh5 εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 knowing the fear of the Lord Alternate translation: “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
2CO 5 11 qm34 figs-explicit ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν 1 we persuade people This could mean: (1) **we persuade** people of the truth of the gospel. (2) **we persuade** people that we are legitimate apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience Alternate translation: “that you are also convinced of it”
2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer Alternate translation: “so you may have something to say to”
2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word **face** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -258,13 +258,13 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 5 17 ue8f τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 1 The old things have passed away Here, **The old things** refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
2CO 5 17 vpe3 ἰδοὺ 1 See The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2CO 5 18 jyf7 τὰ…πάντα 1 All these things Here, **all these things** refers to what Paul has just said in the previous verse about new things replacing old things.
2CO 5 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the ministry of reconciliation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 5 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the ministry of reconciliation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reconciliation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 5 19 w1d1 figs-metonymy ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ 1 in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself Here, **the world** refers to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God was reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 5 19 b62q θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
2CO 5 19 ix97 τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the message of reconciliation Alternate translation: “the message about reconciliation”
2CO 5 20 wg8f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christs representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 20 wg8f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christs representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 20 q9u9 ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ…πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ Alternate translation: “we are those who speak for Christ”
2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us Alternate translation: “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us … we Here the words **us** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin Alternate translation: “Christ, the one who never sinned”
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 6 2 u9kc figs-explicit λέγει γάρ 1 For he says This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “for God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 6 2 sa94 ἰδοὺ 1 Look The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
2CO 6 3 v3wc figs-metaphor μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν 1 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Pauls ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Pauls ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 4 xd9l figs-exclusive συνιστάντες 1 General Information: When Paul uses **we** here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 6 4 p9up ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι 1 we commend ourselves in everything as Gods servants Alternate translation: “we prove that we are Gods servants by all that we do”
2CO 6 4 xyf9 Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις 1 Gods servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship Paul mentions these difficult situations in which they proved that they are **Gods servants**.
@ -288,16 +288,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 6 7 ef5b τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the weapons of righteousness Alternate translation: “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
2CO 6 7 ijr2 τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 for the right hand and for the left This could mean: (1) there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other. (2) they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
2CO 6 8 zi7d figs-merism 0 General Information: Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2CO 6 8 e4pf figs-activepassive ὡς πλάνοι 1 as imposters If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 9 fcb5 figs-activepassive ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι 1 as if we were unknown and we are still well known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 8 e4pf figs-activepassive ὡς πλάνοι 1 as imposters If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 9 fcb5 figs-activepassive ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι 1 as if we were unknown and we are still well known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 11 v74j τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Our mouth has been opened to you Alternate translation: “We have spoken honestly to you”
2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a **heart** that is open. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 11 r815 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a persons emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 6 12 m2kq figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their **inner parts** were squeezed into a tight space. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metonymy στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Here, **inner parts** is a metonym for a persons emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 13 c6vp figs-metaphor πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 open yourselves wide also Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 14 v7kk figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις 1 Do not be yoked together with unbelievers If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 6 14 qd33 figs-metaphor μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες 1 be yoked together with Paul speaks of working **together** toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “Do not team up” or “Do not have a close relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation that speaks of God being with the people in two different ways that mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CO 6 16 g0nl figs-metaphor ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while the words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 7 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 7 1 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
@ -326,36 +326,36 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 7 3 bhb7 πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω 1 I do not speak for your condemnation Here, Paul refers back to what he has just said about not having wronged anyone. Alternate translation: “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.”
2CO 7 3 fay3 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε 1 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 7 3 xzg3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν 1 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of **joy** as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 even in all our afflictions Alternate translation: “despite all our hardships”
2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here, **our flesh** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Here, **without** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies.” (2) “outside of the church.” The word **within** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 7 7 w7td figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 by the comfort that Titus had received from you Paul received **comfort** from knowing that the Corinthians had **comforted** Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 7 8 b2xj ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 General Information: This refers to Pauls previous **letter** to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believers sexual immorality with his fathers wife.
2CO 7 8 vk7m βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 when I saw that my letter Alternate translation: “when I learned that my letter”
2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 9 l6d2 figs-idiom ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 you would not suffer loss in anything through us This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CO 7 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν…ἐργάζεται 1 For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 7 10 lc4m ἀμεταμέλητον 1 without regret This could mean: (1) Paul has no **regret** that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation. (2) the Corinthians will not **regret** experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
2CO 7 10 lc1s figs-explicit ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται 1 But the sorrow of the world produces death This kind of **sorrow** leads to **death** instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 7 11 gpp2 figs-exclamations ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν 1 what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves Here the word **what** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
2CO 7 11 h6jc figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν 1 what avenging of wrong If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 12 i6sn figs-activepassive τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 11 h6jc figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν 1 what avenging of wrong If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 12 i6sn figs-activepassive τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 12 ycy7 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to Gods presence. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Pauls previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word **spirit** refers to a persons temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Pauls previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word **spirit** refers to a persons temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 7 14 b4uq ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι 1 For if I boasted to him about you Alternate translation: “For although I boasted to him about you”
2CO 7 14 m22c οὐ κατῃσχύνθην 1 I was not embarrassed Alternate translation: “you did not disappoint me”
2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true Alternate translation: “you proved to Titus that our boasting about you was true”
2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **obedience**, you could express the same idea with the verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **obedience**, you can express the same idea with the verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here, **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling This could refer to: (1) great reverence for God. (2) great reverence for Titus.
2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](../08/02.md))
2CO 8 1 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 2 fsq8 figs-personification ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity Paul speaks of **joy** and **poverty** as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the peoples great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
2CO 8 2 b7k5 figs-metaphor ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy Paul speaks of **joy** as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 8 2 pr8c ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 their deep poverty … the riches of their generosity Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and **poverty**, by Gods grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem.
@ -369,32 +369,32 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 8 9 iz6z figs-metaphor δι’ ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν, πλούσιος ὤν 1 though he was rich, for your sakes he became poor Paul speaks of Jesus before his incarnation as **being rich**, and of his becoming human as becoming **poor**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 8 9 j5ym figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε 1 through his poverty you might become rich Paul speaks of the Corinthians becoming spiritually **rich** as a result of Jesus becoming human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 8 10 b7ht figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 In this matter Here the word **this** refers to Corinthians collecting money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “with regard to the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 8 11 fc27 figs-abstractnouns καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν 1 there was the readiness of your desire If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **readiness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “just as you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 8 11 fc27 figs-abstractnouns καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν 1 there was the readiness of your desire If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **readiness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “just as you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 8 11 d6ly καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 1 there may be the completion Alternate translation: “complete it” or “finish it”
2CO 8 12 k9wh καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ 1 according to whatever a person has Alternate translation: “if it is proportional to what the person giving has”
2CO 8 13 mp6k 0 For this This verse refers back to collecting money for the believers in Jerusalem.
2CO 8 13 smk2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις 1 for the ease of others, and your affliction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 13 smk2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις 1 for the ease of others, and your affliction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 13 ktd1 ἐξ ἰσότητος 1 for the sake of equality Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
2CO 8 14 v7aj ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα 1 This is also so that their abundance may supply your need Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν 1 did not have too little If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 8 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου 1 who put into Titus heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CO 8 16 vsm3 τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν 1 same earnest care Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
2CO 8 17 e4xn figs-explicit ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο 1 For he not only accepted our appeal Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 8 18 rje2 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him Alternate translation: “with Titus”
2CO 8 18 jll9 figs-activepassive τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the brother who is praised among all of the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 18 jll9 figs-activepassive τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the brother who is praised among all of the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 19 j9rk οὐ μόνον 1 Not only this Alternate translation: “not only do believers among all of the churches praise him”
2CO 8 19 c667 figs-activepassive καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 he also was selected by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 19 c667 figs-activepassive καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 he also was selected by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 19 k7dy σὺν τῇ χάριτι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 along with this act of grace which is being administered by us This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to carry out this act of generosity”
2CO 8 19 v22x προθυμίαν ἡμῶν 1 our readiness Alternate translation: “our eagerness to help”
2CO 8 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 8 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 8 21 n4x1 προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ 1 For we considered beforehand what is right Alternate translation: “We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way”
2CO 8 21 ey5n ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων 1 before the Lord … before people Alternate translation: “in the Lords opinion … in peoples opinion”
2CO 8 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
2CO 8 23 mmi2 κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός 1 he is my partner and fellow worker for you Alternate translation: “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
2CO 8 23 lat3 ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν 1 As for our brothers Here, **our brothers** refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 23 a8v2 figs-abstractnouns δόξα Χριστοῦ 1 an honor to Christ If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 8 23 a8v2 figs-abstractnouns δόξα Χριστοῦ 1 an honor to Christ If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 9 intro lt8d 0 # 2 Corinthians 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
2CO 9 1 wc5l 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
2CO 9 1 fxs3 figs-explicit τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 the ministry that is for the saints This refers to the collection of money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ministry for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -404,30 +404,30 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 9 3 k1er μὴ τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, κενωθῇ 1 our boasting about you may not be futile Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
2CO 9 4 j8ey εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 1 find you unprepared Alternate translation: “find you unprepared to give”
2CO 9 5 q1up figs-go τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the brothers they they would come to you From Pauls perspective, **the brothers** are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to come to you beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 6 mm9w figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει; καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει 1 the one who sows … will also reap in blessings Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmers harvest is based on how much he **sows**, so will Gods **blessings** be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 9 7 tzt4 figs-metonymy καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 let each one give as he has decided in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “just as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 9 7 whg6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 not reluctantly or under compulsion If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you could express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 9 7 whg6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 not reluctantly or under compulsion If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you can express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 9 7 t26d ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ Θεός 1 for God loves a cheerful giver God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers.
2CO 9 8 cz9b figs-metaphor δυνατεῖ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 God is able to make all grace overflow for you Here, **grace** is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, **God** also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: “God is able to give you more than you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 9 8 zxz9 χάριν 1 grace Here, **grace** refers to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
2CO 9 8 u8w6 περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν 1 you may abound in every good work Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
2CO 9 9 mma1 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 9 mma1 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 10 p3fl ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν 1 He who supplies Alternate translation: “God who supplies”
2CO 9 10 b1xe figs-metonymy ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν 1 bread for food Here the word **bread** refers to **food** in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 9 10 uts1 figs-metaphor χορηγήσει καὶ πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν 1 will supply and multiply your seed for sowing Paul speaks of the Corinthians possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were **sowing** seeds. Alternate translation: “will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 9 10 ci67 figs-metaphor αὐξήσει τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 will increase the fruits of your righteousness Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: “God will bless you even more for your righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 9 10 yv67 τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 the fruits of your righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
2CO 9 11 eey1 figs-activepassive πλουτιζόμενοι 1 enriching you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 11 eey1 figs-activepassive πλουτιζόμενοι 1 enriching you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 11 b3e5 figs-explicit ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι’ ἡμῶν, εὐχαριστίαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 which produces thanksgiving to God through us The word **which** refers to the Corinthians generosity. Alternate translation: “Because of your generosity, those who receive the gifts we bring them will thank God” or “and when we give your gifts to those who need them, they will give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 9 12 l7kq figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης 1 For the ministry of this service Here, **service** refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 9 12 esk7 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience … the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will **glorify God** both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift This **gift** could refer to: (1) “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous. (2) Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a persons sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
2CO 10 1 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ If your language does not use abstract noun for the ideas behind the word **meekness** and **gentleness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ If your language does not use abstract noun for the ideas behind the word **meekness** and **gentleness**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 10 2 i6hh τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς 1 those who regard Alternate translation: “who think of us”
2CO 10 2 ik1p figs-metonymy ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 1 as walking according to the flesh Here, **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metaphor ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here, **walking** is a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “we live our lives in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 10 16 raq7 ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι 1 another persons area Alternate translation: “an area that God has assigned to someone else”
2CO 10 17 q8cc ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 boast in the Lord Alternate translation: “let … boast about what the Lord has done”
2CO 10 18 h81t ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων 1 who commends himself This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how “recommend ourselves” is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος 1 is approved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος 1 is approved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 10 18 sy2r figs-ellipsis ὃν ὁ Κύριος συνίστησιν 1 the one whom the Lord commends You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 11 intro abce 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False teaching<br><br>The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Light<br><br>Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Irony<br><br>This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.<br><br>“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.<br><br>The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.<br><br>“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”<br><br>He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”<br><br>### “Are they servants of Christ?”<br><br>This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](../11/30.md))
2CO 11 1 r4q6 ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης 1 bear with me in a little bit of foolishness Alternate translation: “you would allow me allow me to act like a fool”
@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 4 fs5z καλῶς ἀνέχεσθε 1 you are bearing with it well See how these words were translated in [2 Corinthians 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “you are dealing correctly with these things”
2CO 11 5 eet1 figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 those super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say there are. Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 11 6 f8d1 figs-litotes οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 I am not untrained in knowledge This negative phrase emphasizes the positive truth that he is trained in knowledge. Alternate translation: “I am certainly trained in knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2CO 11 6 n7xy figs-abstractnouns οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 11 6 n7xy figs-abstractnouns οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 11 7 un9v figs-rquestion ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα ἐμαυτὸν ταπεινῶν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, ὅτι δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν? 1 Or did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted? Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 7 ax51 δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 freely preached the gospel of God to you Alternate translation: “I preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return”
2CO 11 8 k6ds figs-hyperbole ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα 1 I robbed other churches This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from **churches** who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: “I accepted money from other churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -485,12 +485,12 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 9 sqcf figs-explicit ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I have done all I can to make sure you do not have to spend money so that I can be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 11 9 b35r ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν…ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 I will continue to do that Alternate translation: “I never will be a burden to you”
2CO 11 10 si2r ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the truth of Christ is in me Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you could know that what I am about to say is true”
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 10 ua2i ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 11 11 rj6f figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν 1 God knows You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CO 11 12 d9sl figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐκκόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 in order that I may take away the opportunity Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive εὑρεθῶσιν 1 they may be regarded as equal to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive εὑρεθῶσιν 1 they may be regarded as equal to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 13 ml66 οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι 1 For such people Alternate translation: “I do what I do because people like them”
2CO 11 13 nq3t ἐργάται δόλιοι 1 deceitful workers Alternate translation: “dishonest workers”
2CO 11 13 y896 μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους 1 disguising themselves as apostles Alternate translation: “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
@ -519,8 +519,8 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 23 qdcm figs-hyperbole ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως 1 This is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten too many times to bother counting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CO 11 23 r6jv ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις 1 in facing many dangers of death Alternate translation: “and I have almost died many times”
2CO 11 24 ttz2 τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν 1 forty lashes minus one This was a common expression for being whipped 39 times. In Jewish law the most they were allowed to whip a person at one time was forty lashes. So they commonly whipped a person thirty-nine times so that they would be guilty of whipping someone too many times if the accidentally counted wrong.
2CO 11 25 u9xc figs-activepassive ἐραβδίσθην 1 I was beaten with rods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 25 xk9w figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθην 1 I was stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 25 u9xc figs-activepassive ἐραβδίσθην 1 I was beaten with rods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 25 xk9w figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθην 1 I was stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 25 b4kz νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα 1 I have spent a night and a day on the open sea Paul was referring to floating in the water after the ship he was on sank.
2CO 11 26 b3j9 figs-explicit κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις 1 in danger from false brothers The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CO 11 27 ds5h figs-hyperbole γυμνότητι 1 nakedness Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 11 31 yx8z figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am not lying Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2CO 11 32 n383 ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν 1 the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city Alternate translation: “the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city”
2CO 11 32 j7de πιάσαι με 1 to arrest me Alternate translation: “so that they might catch and arrest me”
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 11 33 aw7d figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 from his hands Paul uses the governors **hands** as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: “from the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pauls vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](../12/05.md))
2CO 12 1 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 12 2 cz7u οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I know a man in Christ Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
2CO 12 2 fth2 εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα 1 whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
2CO 12 2 k4aw τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 1 the third heaven Here, the **third heaven** refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
2CO 12 4 wm7y ἡρπάγη 1 caught up Here, **caught up** refers to being suddenly and forcefully held and taken.
2CO 12 4 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise Here, **paradise** could refer to: (1) heaven. (2) the third heaven. (3) a special place in heaven.
2CO 12 5 hpq6 τοῦ τοιούτου 1 of such a person Alternate translation: “of that person”
@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 12 6 p8fm μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me Alternate translation: “no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me”
2CO 12 7 v5s7 0 General Information: This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
2CO 12 7 xxi2 τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων 1 because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations Alternate translation: “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
2CO 12 7 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 12 7 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 12 7 q5e7 figs-metaphor σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh Here Pauls physical problems are compared to a **thorn** piercing his **flesh**. Alternate translation: “an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 12 7 q7lz ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ 1 a messenger from Satan Alternate translation: “a servant of Satan”
2CO 12 7 ehp9 μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι 2 overly proud Alternate translation: “I would not become too proud”
@ -568,11 +568,11 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 12 10 t7qg ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 1 For whenever I am weak, then I am strong Paul is saying that when he is no longer **strong** enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
2CO 12 11 a1ym γέγονα ἄφρων 1 I have become a fool Alternate translation: “I am acting like a fool”
2CO 12 11 pzw1 ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε 1 You forced me to this Alternate translation: “You forced me to talk this way”
2CO 12 11 v2lr figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι 1 I should have been commended by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 12 11 v2lr figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι 1 I should have been commended by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 12 11 f644 συνίστασθαι 1 commended See how you translated similar phrases in ([3:1](../03/01.md)) and ([4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “been praised” or “been recommended”
2CO 12 11 h4d5 figs-litotes οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑστέρησα 1 For I was not at all inferior By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is **inferior** are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
2CO 12 11 s82x figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 12 12 d4um σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν 1 signs and wonders and mighty deeds These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2CO 12 13 d426 αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
@ -596,16 +596,16 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CO 12 19 vg3u figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς 1 for your strengthening Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CO 12 20 cu6s οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς 1 I may not find you as I wish Alternate translation: “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
2CO 12 20 zy6g κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον οὐ θέλετε 1 I may not be found by you as you wish Alternate translation: “you might not like what you see in me”
2CO 12 20 rh1h figs-abstractnouns μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 1 there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. This could mean: (1) some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you. (2) some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each others private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 20 rh1h figs-abstractnouns μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 1 there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. This could mean: (1) some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you. (2) some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each others private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 ddw3 πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων, 1 I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned Alternate translation: “I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins”
2CO 12 21 hq1e figs-parallelism μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CO 12 21 rh22 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ 1 of the impurity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **impurity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns πορνείᾳ 1 of the … sexual immorality If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the … lustful indulgence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 rh22 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ 1 of the impurity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **impurity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns πορνείᾳ 1 of the … sexual immorality If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the … lustful indulgence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Preparation<br><br>Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Power and weakness<br><br>Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.<br><br>### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest Alternate translation: “all you other people”
2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CO 13 5 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
2CO 13 7 u75e figs-doublenegatives μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν 1 that you may not do any wrong If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
2CO 13 7 gt2e δόκιμοι 1 to have passed the test Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
6 2CO 1 1 f59u Τιμόθεος ὁ ἀδελφὸς 1 Timothy our brother The word **our** indicates that both Paul and the Corinthians knew **Timothy** and considered him to be their spiritual **brother**.
7 2CO 1 1 mhg5 translate-names Ἀχαΐᾳ 1 Achaia **Achaia** is the name of a Roman province in the southern part of modern-day Greece. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
8 2CO 1 2 f6k1 χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace be to you and peace This is a common greeting that Paul uses in his letters.
9 2CO 1 3 px2q figs-activepassive εὐλογητὸς ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 May the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ be praised If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “May we always praise the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
10 2CO 1 3 k7dl ὁ Θεὸς καὶ Πατὴρ 1 the God and Father Alternate translation: “God, who is the Father”
11 2CO 1 3 pg4a figs-parallelism ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort These two phrases express the same idea in two different ways. Both phrases refer to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
12 2CO 1 3 blv4 ὁ Πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν καὶ Θεὸς πάσης παρακλήσεως 1 the Father of mercies and the God of all comfort This could mean: (1) the words **mercies** and **all comfort** describe the character of **Father** and **God**. (2) the words **Father** and **God** refer to one who is the source of **mercies** and **all comfort**.
15 2CO 1 5 i254 τὰ παθήματα τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the sufferings of Christ This could refer to: (1) the **sufferings** that Paul and Timothy experience because they preach the message about Christ. (2) the **sufferings** that Christ experienced on their behalf.
16 2CO 1 5 tg9w figs-metaphor περισσεύει…ἡ παράκλησις ἡμῶν 2 our comfort abounds Paul speaks of **comfort** as if it were an object that could increase in size. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
17 2CO 1 6 y9bi figs-exclusive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 But if we are afflicted Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
18 2CO 1 6 ylw2 figs-activepassive εἴτε δὲ θλιβόμεθα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But if people afflict us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
19 2CO 1 6 wyj4 figs-activepassive εἴτε παρακαλούμεθα 1 if we are comforted If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if God comforts us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
20 2CO 1 6 cfq7 τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως, τῆς ἐνεργουμένης 1 your comfort that results Alternate translation: “you experience effective comfort”
21 2CO 1 8 jqn8 figs-doublenegatives οὐ…θέλομεν ὑμᾶς ἀγνοεῖν 1 we do not want you to be uninformed If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … uninformed**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “we want you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
22 2CO 1 8 pr8a figs-metaphor ὅτι καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὲρ δύναμιν ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed beyond our strength Paul and Timothy refer to their emotions of despair being like a heavy weight they have to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
23 2CO 1 8 gu5b figs-activepassive ὑπερβολὴν…ἐβαρήθημεν 1 We were so completely crushed The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) The word **burdened** refers to the feeling of despair. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We were in complete despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
24 2CO 1 9 lks3 figs-metaphor αὐτοὶ ἐν ἑαυτοῖς τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου ἐσχήκαμεν 1 we had the sentence of death on us Paul and Timothy are comparing their feeling of despair to that of someone condemned to die. Alternate translation: “we were in despair like someone who is condemned to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
25 2CO 1 9 i7up figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ τῷ Θεῷ 1 but in God The words “be putting our trust” are left out of this phrase. Alternate translation: “but instead, be putting our trust in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
26 2CO 1 9 bu2y figs-idiom τῷ ἐγείροντι τοὺς νεκρούς 1 who raises the dead Here to raise is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “who causes the dead to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
27 2CO 1 10 x4kh figs-metaphor θανάτου 1 a deadly peril Paul compares his feeling of despair as a result of the troubles that they experienced to a **deadly peril** or terrible danger. Alternate translation: “despair” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
28 2CO 1 10 mwn9 καὶ ἔτι ῥύσεται 1 he will continue to deliver us Alternate translation: “he also will continue to rescue us”
29 2CO 1 11 q17d συνυπουργούντων καὶ ὑμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν τῇ δεήσει 1 as you also join together … on our behalf Alternate translation: “God will rescue us from danger as you, the people of the church of Corinth, also help us by praying with us”
30 2CO 1 11 k1fl figs-activepassive τὸ εἰς ἡμᾶς χάρισμα 1 the gracious favor given to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the gracious favor which God has given to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
31 2CO 1 12 kqv3 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμῶν…ἀνεστράφημεν 1 General Information: In these verses Paul uses the words **our**, **we**, and **ourselves** to refer to himself and Timothy and possibly others who served with them. These words do not include the people he was writing to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
32 2CO 1 12 r9p8 ἡ γὰρ καύχησις ἡμῶν αὕτη ἐστίν 1 For our proud confidence is this The word **boasting** here is used in the positive sense of feeling great satisfaction and joy in something.
33 2CO 1 12 c7mu figs-personification τὸ μαρτύριον τῆς συνειδήσεως ἡμῶν 1 the testimony of our conscience Paul speaks of not being guilty as if his **conscience** were a person that could testify. Alternate translation: “we know by our conscience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
59 2CO 2 1 wh9c 0 Connecting Statement: Because of his great love for them, Paul makes it clear that his rebuke in his first letter to them (the rebuke of their acceptance of the sin of immorality) caused him pain as well as pain to the church people in Corinth and the immoral man.
60 2CO 2 1 ij73 ἐν λύπῃ 1 in sorrow Alternate translation: “in circumstances that would cause you pain”
61 2CO 2 2 nb6x figs-rquestion εἰ γὰρ ἐγὼ λυπῶ ὑμᾶς, καὶ τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με, εἰ μὴ ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ? 1 If I caused you pain, who could cheer me up but the very one who was hurt by me? Paul uses this rhetorical question to emphasize that neither he nor they would benefit if his coming to them would cause them pain. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If I caused you pain, the only ones who could cheer me up would be the very ones whom I had hurt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
62 2CO 2 2 x2vr figs-activepassive ὁ λυπούμενος ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 the very one who was hurt by me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the very one whom I had hurt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63 2CO 2 3 kxu2 figs-explicit ἔγραψα τοῦτο αὐτὸ 1 I wrote this same thing Paul is referring to another letter that he had written to the Corinthian Christians, but which no longer exists. Alternate translation: “I wrote as I did in my previous letter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
64 2CO 2 3 v87i figs-activepassive μὴ…λύπην σχῶ ἀφ’ ὧν ἔδει με χαίρειν 1 I might not be hurt by those who should have made me rejoice Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Paul is speaking about the behavior of certain Corinthian believers who caused him emotional pain. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those who should have made me rejoice might not hurt me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
65 2CO 2 3 i5r6 ἡ ἐμὴ χαρὰ πάντων ὑμῶν ἐστιν 1 my joy is the same joy you all have Alternate translation: “what gives me joy is what gives you joy, too”
66 2CO 2 4 uch7 ἐκ γὰρ πολλῆς θλίψεως 1 from great affliction Here the word **affliction** refers to emotional pain.
67 2CO 2 4 vs7m figs-metonymy συνοχῆς καρδίας 1 with anguish of heart Here the word **heart** refers to the location of the emotions. Alternate translation: “with extreme sorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
68 2CO 2 4 d5vf διὰ πολλῶν δακρύων 1 with many tears Alternate translation: “with much crying”
69 2CO 2 6 iy4r figs-activepassive ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 This punishment of that person by the majority is enough If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The punishment that the majority gave that person is sufficient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
70 2CO 2 6 wr3k figs-abstractnouns ἱκανὸν τῷ τοιούτῳ ἡ ἐπιτιμία αὕτη, ἡ ὑπὸ τῶν πλειόνων 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word ** punishment**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “The way that the majority has punished that person is enough” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
71 2CO 2 6 a7c4 ἱκανὸν 1 is enough Alternate translation: “is sufficient”
72 2CO 2 7 vpx1 figs-activepassive μή πως τῇ περισσοτέρᾳ λύπῃ, καταποθῇ ὁ τοιοῦτος 1 he is not overwhelmed by too much sorrow This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) This means to have a strong emotional response of too much sorrow. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We do not want too much sorrow to overwhelm him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
73 2CO 2 8 r916 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the church in Corinth to show love and to forgive the person they have punished. He writes that he, also, has forgiven him.
74 2CO 2 8 yi2z κυρῶσαι εἰς αὐτὸν ἀγάπην 1 publicly affirm your love for him This means that they are to confirm their **love** for this man in the presence of all of the believers.
75 2CO 2 9 xw5t figs-explicit εἰς πάντα ὑπήκοοί ἐστε 1 you are obedient in everything This could mean: (1) the Corinthians **are obedient** to God **in everything**. (2) the Corinthians **are obedient** **in everything** that Paul has taught them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
77 2CO 2 11 m46t figs-doublenegatives οὐ γὰρ αὐτοῦ τὰ νοήματα ἀγνοοῦμεν 1 For we are not ignorant of his plans If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not ignorant**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “For we know his plans well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
78 2CO 2 12 l6vd 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages the believers in Corinth by telling them of the opportunities he has had to preach the gospel in Troas and Macedonia.
79 2CO 2 12 a1ti figs-metaphor εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 a door for the gospel of Christ was opened to me in the Lord Paul speaks of his opportunity to preach the **gospel** as if it were a **door** through which he was allowed to walk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
80 2CO 2 12 n9cr figs-activepassive εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ θύρας μοι ἀνεῳγμένης ἐν Κυρίῳ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord indeed opened a door to me to preach the gospel of Christ” or “The Lord gave me the opportunity to preach the gospel of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
81 2CO 2 13 rjy9 οὐκ ἔσχηκα ἄνεσιν τῷ πνεύματί μου 1 I had no relief in my spirit Alternate translation: “My mind was troubled” or “I was worried”
82 2CO 2 13 xd5h Τίτον τὸν ἀδελφόν μου 1 my brother Titus Paul speaks of **Titus** as his spiritual **brother**.
83 2CO 2 13 wq6j ἀλλὰ ἀποταξάμενος αὐτοῖς 1 So I left them Alternate translation: “So I left the people of Troas”
86 2CO 2 14 eq21 φανεροῦντι…ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ 1 he spreads … everywhere Alternate translation: “he spreads … everywhere we go”
87 2CO 2 15 x6nn figs-metaphor Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 we are to God the sweet aroma of Christ Paul speaks of his ministry as if it were the pleasing smell of a burnt offering that someone offers to **God**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
88 2CO 2 15 b1k1 Χριστοῦ εὐωδία ἐσμὲν τῷ Θεῷ 1 the sweet aroma of Christ This could refer to: (1) the sweet aroma which is the knowledge of **Christ**. (2) the sweet aroma that **Christ** offers.
89 2CO 2 15 itc8 figs-activepassive τοῖς σῳζομένοις 1 those who are saved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
90 2CO 2 16 dwk6 figs-metaphor ὀσμὴ 1 an aroma This refers back to [2 Corinthians 2:14](../02/14.md), where Paul speaks of the knowledge of Christ as if it were incense that has a pleasing smell. Alternate translation: “the knowledge of Christ is an aroma” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
91 2CO 2 16 ud2u figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ θανάτου εἰς θάνατον 1 an aroma from death to death This could mean: (1) the word **death** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that causes death.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of **death** that causes people to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
92 2CO 2 16 v2n3 figs-activepassive οἷς 1 to the other If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to the ones whom God is saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
93 2CO 2 16 cdr3 figs-doublet ὀσμὴ ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν 1 a fragrance from life to life This could mean: (1) the word **life** is repeated for emphasis and the phrase means “an aroma that gives life.” (2) this refers to an **aroma** of life that gives people **life**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
94 2CO 2 16 be6x figs-rquestion πρὸς ταῦτα τίς ἱκανός? 1 who is worthy of these things? Paul uses this question to emphasize that no one is worthy to do the ministry that God has called them to do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is worthy of these things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
95 2CO 2 17 a5sa figs-metonymy καπηλεύοντες τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 who sell the word of God Here, **word** is a metonym for “message.” Alternate translation: “who sell God’s message to make money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
102 2CO 3 1 ad1u συστατικῶν ἐπιστολῶν 1 letters of recommendation This refers to **letters** that people write to introduce and give their approval of someone else.
103 2CO 3 2 ty59 figs-metaphor ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἡμῶν ὑμεῖς ἐστε 1 You yourselves are our letter of recommendation Paul speaks of the Corinthians as if they are a **letter** of recommendation. That they have become believers serves to validate Paul’s ministry to others. Alternate translation: “You yourselves are like our letter of recommendation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
104 2CO 3 2 v2e7 figs-metonymy ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts Here the word **hearts** refers to their thoughts and emotions. This could mean: (1) Paul and his coworkers are sure about the Corinthians being their letter of recommendation. (2) Paul and his coworkers care very deeply for the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
105 2CO 3 2 bu1u figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν 1 written on our hearts If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with “Christ” as the implied subject, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which Christ has written on our hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
106 2CO 3 2 dr5k figs-activepassive γινωσκομένη καὶ ἀναγινωσκομένη ὑπὸ πάντων ἀνθρώπων 1 known and read by all people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that all people can know and read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
107 2CO 3 3 s717 figs-explicit ἐστὲ ἐπιστολὴ Χριστοῦ 1 you are a letter from Christ Paul clarifies that Christ is the one who has written the **letter**. Alternate translation: “you are a letter that Christ has written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
108 2CO 3 3 wrk4 διακονηθεῖσα ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 cared for by us Alternate translation: “brought by us”
109 2CO 3 3 q96q ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος, οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 It was written not with ink … on tablets of human hearts Paul clarifies that the Corinthians are like a spiritual letter, not like a letter that humans write with physical objects.
110 2CO 3 3 vyuh figs-ellipsis ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 The verb “written” is implied in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “not written with ink, but written with the Spirit of the living God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
111 2CO 3 3 qt5g figs-activepassive ἐνγεγραμμένη οὐ μέλανι, ἀλλὰ Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ζῶντος 1 It was written not with ink but by the Spirit of the living God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people wrote with ink but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
112 2CO 3 3 t5ah figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 not on tablets of stone, but on tablets of human hearts The verb “written” is implied from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “not a letter that was written on stone tablets, but a letter that was written on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
113 2CO 3 3 ih89 figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐν πλαξὶν λιθίναις, ἀλλ’ ἐν πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not a letter that people engraved on stone tablets but a letter that the Spirit of the living God wrote on tablets of human hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
114 2CO 3 3 u959 figs-metaphor πλαξὶν καρδίαις σαρκίναις 1 tablets of human hearts Paul speaks of their **hearts** as if they are flat pieces of stone or clay upon which people engraved letters. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
115 2CO 3 4 z7qx πεποίθησιν δὲ τοιαύτην ἔχομεν 1 such confidence This refers to what Paul has just said. His **confidence** comes from knowing that the Corinthians are the validation of his ministry before God.
116 2CO 3 5 qye9 ἀφ’ ἑαυτῶν ἱκανοί 1 competent in ourselves Alternate translation: “qualified in ourselves” or “sufficient in ourselves”
124 2CO 3 7 lyf7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts the fading glory of the old covenant with the superiority and freedom of the new covenant. He contrasts the veil of Moses with the clarity of present revelation. The time of Moses was a less clear picture of what is now revealed.
125 2CO 3 7 ut6r figs-irony εἰ δὲ ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου…ἐγενήθη ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 Now if the ministry that produced death … came in such glory Paul emphasizes that although the law leads to **death**, it was still very glorious. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
126 2CO 3 7 du65 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ θανάτου 1 the ministry that produced death Here, **the ministry of death** refers to the Old Testament law that God gave through Moses. Alternate translation: “the ministry that causes death because it is based on the law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
127 2CO 3 7 j1hp figs-activepassive ἐν γράμμασιν ἐντετυπωμένη λίθοις 1 engraved in letters on stones If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God carved into stone with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128 2CO 3 7 r5p5 ἐν δόξῃ, ὥστε 1 in such glory Alternate translation: “in so much glory that”
129 2CO 3 8 xxn6 figs-rquestion πῶς οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος ἔσται ἐν δόξῃ? 1 Will the ministry of the Spirit not be with much more glory? Paul uses this question to emphasize that the **ministry of the Spirit** does must be more glorious than “the ministry of death” because it leads to life. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “So the service that the Spirit does must be even more glorious!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
130 2CO 3 8 wq1v figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 the ministry of the Spirit Here, **the ministry of the Spirit** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that gives life because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
133 2CO 3 9 e5zz figs-metaphor πολλῷ μᾶλλον περισσεύει ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης δόξῃ. 1 the ministry of righteousness abound in glory Paul speaks of **the ministry of righteousness** as if it were an object that could produce or multiply another object. He means that this ministry is far more glorious than the law, which also had **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
134 2CO 3 9 ufq6 figs-explicit ἡ διακονία τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the ministry of righteousness Here, **the ministry of righteousness** refers to the new covenant, of which Paul is a minister. Alternate translation: “the ministry that makes people righteous because it is based on the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
135 2CO 3 10 n4pe καὶ γὰρ οὐ δεδόξασται, τὸ δεδοξασμένον…εἵνεκεν τῆς ὑπερβαλλούσης δόξης 1 that which was once made glorious is no longer glorious … because of the glory that exceeds it The Old Testament law no longer appears **glorious** when compared with the new covenant, which is much more glorious.
136 2CO 3 10 t2dq figs-activepassive τὸ δεδοξασμένον 1 that which was once made glorious If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the law which God once made glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
137 2CO 3 10 d7k5 ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μέρει 1 in this respect Alternate translation: “in this way”
138 2CO 3 11 zwb2 figs-metaphor τὸ καταργούμενον 1 that which was fading away This refers to “the ministry of condemnation,” which Paul speaks of as if it were an object capable of disappearing. Alternate translation: “that which was becoming useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
139 2CO 3 12 tnc1 ἔχοντες οὖν τοιαύτην ἐλπίδα 1 Since we have such a hope The word **Therefore** refers to what Paul has just said. His **hope** comes from knowing that the new covenant has an eternal glory.
143 2CO 3 14 zm7j ἄχρι γὰρ τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 For until this present day Here, **the present day** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
144 2CO 3 14 w68p figs-metaphor τὸ αὐτὸ κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης μένει 1 when they read the old covenant, that same veil remains Just as the Israelites could not see the glory on Moses’ face because he covered his face with a **veil**, there is a spiritual veil that prevents people from understanding when they read the **old covenant**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145 2CO 3 14 gg2d ἐπὶ τῇ ἀναγνώσει τῆς παλαιᾶς διαθήκης 1 when they read the old covenant Alternate translation: “when they hear someone read the old covenant”
146 2CO 3 14 gl8l figs-activepassive μὴ ἀνακαλυπτόμενον, ὅτι ἐν Χριστῷ καταργεῖται 1 It has not been removed, because only in Christ is it taken away Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here, **it** refers to “the same veil.” If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one removes the veil, because only in Christ does God remove it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
147 2CO 3 15 rjh5 ἀλλ’ ἕως σήμερον 1 But even today Here the word **today** refers to the time at which Paul was writing to the Corinthians.
148 2CO 3 15 t3dl figs-metonymy ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 whenever Moses is read Here the word **Moses** refers to the Old Testament law that Moses wrote down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
149 2CO 3 15 ip29 figs-activepassive ἡνίκα ἂν ἀναγινώσκηται Μωϋσῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whenever someone reads the Mosaic law” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
150 2CO 3 15 gwp9 figs-metonymy κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 a veil lies over their heart Here the word **heart** represents what people think. Alternate translation: “a veil prevents them from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
151 2CO 3 15 bb5u figs-metaphor κάλυμμα ἐπὶ τὴν καρδίαν αὐτῶν κεῖται 1 Here the people being unable to understand the old covenant is spoken of as if they have **a veil** that covers **their heart** the way a physical veil would cover their eyes. Alternate translation: “they are unable to understand what they are hearing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
152 2CO 3 16 k2dr figs-metaphor ἡνίκα…ἐὰν ἐπιστρέψῃ πρὸς Κύριον 1 whenever a person turns to the Lord Here, **turn to** is a metaphor that means to become loyal to someone. Alternate translation: “when a person starts to worship the Lord” or “when a person starts to trust in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153 2CO 3 16 w1y2 figs-activepassive περιαιρεῖται τὸ κάλυμμα 1 the veil is taken away God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) God gives them the ability to understand. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God lifts the veil away” or “God gives them the ability to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
154 2CO 3 18 r6rx figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς δὲ πάντες 1 Now we all Here the word **we** refers to all believers, including Paul and the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
155 2CO 3 18 l3xw figs-metaphor ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ προσώπῳ, τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου κατοπτριζόμενοι 1 with unveiled faces, see as a reflection the glory of the Lord Unlike the Israelites who could not see God’s glory reflected on Moses’ face because he had covered it with a veil, there is nothing to prevent believers from seeing and understanding God’s **glory**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156 2CO 3 18 rc9x figs-activepassive τὴν αὐτὴν εἰκόνα μεταμορφούμεθα 1 are being transformed into the same image The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) The Spirit is changing believers to be glorious like Jesus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Lord is transforming us into his same glorious likeness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
157 2CO 3 18 bx5b ἀπὸ δόξης εἰς δόξαν 1 from glory to glory This means that the Spirit is constantly increasing the **glory** of believers. Alternate translation: “from one amount of glory to another amount of glory”
158 2CO 3 18 mw3v καθάπερ ἀπὸ Κυρίου 1 just as from the Lord Alternate translation: “just as this comes from the Lord”
159 2CO 4 intro rx1c 0 # 2 Corinthians 4 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore.” This connects it to what the previous chapter teaches. How these chapters are divided may be confusing to the reader.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ministry<br><br>Paul ministers to people by telling them about Christ. He does not try to trick people into believing. If they do not understand the gospel, it is because the problem is ultimately spiritual. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Light and darkness<br><br>The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### Life and death<br><br>Paul does not refer here to physical life and death. Life represents the new life a Christian has in Jesus. Death represents the old way of living before believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/life]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Hope<br><br>Paul uses a repeated pattern in a purposeful way. He makes a statement. Then he denies a seemingly opposite or contradictory statement or gives an exception. Together these give the reader hope in difficult circumstances. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])
168 2CO 4 2 aj24 συνιστάνοντες ἑαυτοὺς πρὸς πᾶσαν συνείδησιν ἀνθρώπων 1 commending ourselves to every person’s conscience This means that they provide enough evidence for each person who hears them to decide whether they are right or wrong.
169 2CO 4 2 f6n1 figs-metaphor ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. God’s understanding and approval of Paul’s truthfulness is referred to as God being able to see them. Alternate translation: “with God as witness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170 2CO 4 3 mti5 figs-metaphor εἰ δὲ καὶ ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν, ἐν τοῖς ἀπολλυμένοις ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 But if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled only to those who are perishing This refers back to what Paul said starting in [2 Corinthians 3:14](../03/14.md). There Paul explained that there is a spiritual **veil** that prevents people from understanding when they read the old covenant. In the same way, people are not able to understand the **gospel**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
171 2CO 4 3 hz2f figs-activepassive εἰ…ἔστιν κεκαλυμμένον τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν…ἐστὶν κεκαλυμμένον 1 if our gospel is veiled, it is veiled If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if a veil covers our gospel, that veil covers it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
172 2CO 4 3 e5yu τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἡμῶν 1 our gospel Alternate translation: “the gospel that we preach”
173 2CO 4 4 r6pz figs-metaphor ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου ἐτύφλωσεν τὰ νοήματα τῶν ἀπίστων 1 the god of this age has blinded the minds of the unbelieving Paul speaks of the **minds** of unbelievers as if they had eyes, and their inability to understand as their minds being unable to see. Alternate translation: “the god of this world has prevented unbelievers from understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
174 2CO 4 4 tx9h ὁ θεὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the god of this world This phrase refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “the god who rules this world”
184 2CO 4 6 p736 figs-metaphor τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐν προσώπῳ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ Just as God’s **glory** shone upon Moses’ face ([2 Corinthians 3:7](../03/07.md)), it also shines upon **the face of Jesus**. This means that when Paul preaches the gospel, people are able to see and understand the message about God’s glory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
185 2CO 4 7 xe5i figs-exclusive ἔχομεν δὲ 1 But we have Here the word **we** refers to Paul and his coworkers, but not to the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
186 2CO 4 7 xx2c figs-metaphor ἔχομεν…τὸν θησαυρὸν τοῦτον ἐν ὀστρακίνοις σκεύεσιν 1 we have this treasure in jars of clay Paul speaks of the gospel as if it were a** treasure** and their bodies as if they were breakable **jars** made out of **clay**. This emphasizes that they are of little value compared to the worth of the gospel that they preach. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
187 2CO 4 8 ga9z figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 We are afflicted in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People afflict us in every way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
188 2CO 4 9 bz8m figs-activepassive διωκόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐνκαταλειπόμενοι 1 We are persecuted but not forsaken If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people persecute us but God does not forsake us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
189 2CO 4 9 uvq1 figs-activepassive καταβαλλόμενοι, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἀπολλύμενοι 1 We are struck down but not destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people strike us down but do not destroy us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
190 2CO 4 10 zt4b figs-metaphor πάντοτε τὴν νέκρωσιν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι περιφέροντες 1 We always carry in our body the death of Jesus Paul speaks of his sufferings as if they are an experience of **the death of Jesus**. Alternate translation: “we are often in danger of dying, as Jesus died” or “we always suffer in such a way that we experience the death of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
191 2CO 4 10 l6f6 καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because **Jesus** is alive. (2) the spiritual **life** that **Jesus** gives also may be shown in our bodies.
192 2CO 4 10 w3jc figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ ἐν τῷ σώματι ἡμῶν φανερωθῇ 1 the life of Jesus also may be shown in our bodies If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “other people may also see the life of Jesus in our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
193 2CO 4 11 ht74 figs-metaphor ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡμεῖς, οἱ ζῶντες, εἰς θάνατον παραδιδόμεθα διὰ Ἰησοῦν 1 For we who are alive are always being handed over to death for the sake of Jesus Here, **being handed over to death** represents being in danger of dying because of being loyal to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for those of us who are alive, God is always leading us to face death because we are joined to Jesus” or “for people are always causing us who are alive to be in danger of dying because we are joined to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
194 2CO 4 11 d1wm ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh God wants Jesus’ **life** to **be shown** in us. This could mean: (1) our bodies will live again, because Jesus is alive. (2) the spiritual life that Jesus gives also may be shown in our bodies. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md).
195 2CO 4 11 ww5r figs-activepassive ἵνα καὶ ἡ ζωὴ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ φανερωθῇ ἐν τῇ θνητῇ σαρκὶ ἡμῶν 1 so that the life of Jesus may be shown in our mortal flesh If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Corinthians 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “so other people may see the life of Jesus in our body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
196 2CO 4 12 q3il figs-personification ὁ θάνατος ἐν ἡμῖν ἐνεργεῖται, ἡ δὲ ζωὴ ἐν ὑμῖν 1 death is at work in us, but life is at work in you Paul speaks of **death** and **life** as if they are persons who can **work**. This means that they are always in danger of physical death so that the Corinthians can have spiritual life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
197 2CO 4 13 ret6 τὸ αὐτὸ πνεῦμα τῆς πίστεως 1 the same spirit of faith Here the word **spirit** refers a person’s attitude and temperament. Alternate translation: “the same attitude of faith”
198 2CO 4 13 gzf4 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὸ γεγραμμένον 1 according to that which was written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as the one who wrote these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
199 2CO 4 13 il5h ἐπίστευσα, διὸ ἐλάλησα 1 I believed, and so I spoke This is a quote from the Psalms.
200 2CO 4 14 t2i8 figs-idiom ὁ ἐγείρας τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ…ἐγερεῖ 1 that the one who raised the Lord Jesus will … raise Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “the one who caused the Lord Jesus to live again will also raise” or “God, who raised the Lord Jesus, will also raise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
201 2CO 4 15 v7sj τὰ γὰρ πάντα δι’ ὑμᾶς 1 For all these things are for your sake Here, **all these things** refers to all of the sufferings that Paul has described in previous verses.
202 2CO 4 15 l1mu figs-activepassive ἡ χάρις πλεονάσασα διὰ τῶν πλειόνων 1 the grace that is abounding to more and more people If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as God spreads his grace to many more people, it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
203 2CO 4 15 u8pp figs-metaphor τὴν εὐχαριστίαν περισσεύσῃ 1 thanksgiving may increase Paul speaks of **thanksgiving** as if it were an object that could become larger by itself. Alternate translation: “more and more people may give thanks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
204 2CO 4 16 u6e5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul writes that the Corinthian difficulties are minor and do not last long when compared to the unseen eternal things.
205 2CO 4 16 cb92 figs-doublenegatives διὸ οὐκ ἐνκακοῦμεν 1 So we do not become discouraged If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … discouraged**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “So we remain confident” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
206 2CO 4 16 hhv6 figs-explicit ὁ ἔξω ἡμῶν ἄνθρωπος διαφθείρεται 1 outwardly we are wasting away This refers to their physical bodies decaying and dying. Alternate translation: “our physical bodies are getting weak and dying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
207 2CO 4 16 s9b2 figs-explicit ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day This refers to their inward, spiritual lives getting stronger. Alternate translation: “our spiritual beings are being strengthened day by day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
208 2CO 4 16 zct5 figs-activepassive ὁ ἔσω ἡμῶν ἀνακαινοῦται ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ 1 inwardly we are being renewed day by day If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God is renewing our inward being more each day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
209 2CO 4 17 pd63 figs-metaphor τὸ γὰρ παραυτίκα ἐλαφρὸν τῆς θλίψεως ἡμῶν…αἰώνιον βάρος δόξης, κατεργάζεται ἡμῖν 1 this momentary, light affliction is preparing us for an eternal weight of glory Paul speaks of his sufferings and the **glory** that God will give him as if they were objects that can be weighed. The glory far outweighs the suffering. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
210 2CO 4 17 na9y figs-metaphor καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 that exceeds all measurement The glory that Paul will experience is so heavy that no one can measure it. Alternate translation: “that cannot be measured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
211 2CO 4 17 d9re figs-activepassive καθ’ ὑπερβολὴν εἰς ὑπερβολὴν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that no one can measure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
212 2CO 4 18 t2fp figs-activepassive τὰ βλεπόμενα, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 things that are seen … things that are unseen If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “things that we can see, but not the things that we cannot see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
213 2CO 4 18 f97x figs-ellipsis ἀλλὰ τὰ μὴ βλεπόμενα 1 but for things that are unseen You can supply the verb for this phrase. Alternate translation: “but we are watching for things that are unseen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
214 2CO 5 intro s14p 0 # 2 Corinthians 5 General Notes<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### New bodies in heaven<br><br>Paul knows that when he dies he will receive a much better body. Because of this, he is not afraid of being killed for preaching the gospel. So he tells others that they too can be reconciled to God. Christ will take away their sin and give them his righteousness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>### New creation<br><br>The old and new creation probably refers to how Paul illustrates the old and new self. These concepts are also the same as the old and new man. The term “old” probably does not refer to the sinful nature with which a person is born. It refers to the old way of living or the Christian formerly being bound to sin. The “new creation” is the new nature or new life that God gives a person after they come to believe in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Home<br><br>The Christian’s home is no longer in the world. A Christian’s real home is in heaven. By using this metaphor, Paul emphasizes that the Christian’s circumstances in this world are temporary. It gives hope to those who are suffering. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “The message of reconciliation”<br><br>This refers to the gospel. Paul calls for people who are hostile to God to repent and be reconciled to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reconcile]])
215 2CO 5 1 p7b7 0 Connecting Statement: Paul contrasts believers’ earthly bodies to the heavenly ones God will give.
216 2CO 5 1 z4vs figs-metaphor ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ, οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ Θεοῦ ἔχομεν 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed, we have a building from God Here a temporary **earthly dwelling** is a metaphor for a person’s physical body. Here a permanent “building from God” is a metaphor for the new body that God will give believers after they die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
217 2CO 5 1 zy2k figs-activepassive ἐὰν ἡ ἐπίγειος ἡμῶν οἰκία τοῦ σκήνους καταλυθῇ 1 if the earthly dwelling that we live in is destroyed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “if people destroy the earthly dwelling that we live in” or “if people kill our bodies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
218 2CO 5 1 bqi5 figs-synecdoche οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 It is a house not made by human hands Here, **house** means the same thing as “building from God.” Here, **hands** is a synecdoche that represents the human as a whole. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven, not made by humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
219 2CO 5 1 bbvr figs-activepassive οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον αἰώνιον ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “It is a house in heaven that humans did not make” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
220 2CO 5 2 tc2j ἐν τούτῳ στενάζομεν 1 in this tent we groan Here, **this** means the same thing as “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good.
221 2CO 5 2 ss6g figs-metaphor τὸ οἰκητήριον ἡμῶν τὸ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἐπενδύσασθαι ἐπιποθοῦντες 1 longing to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling The words **our dwelling that is from heaven** means the same thing as “a building from God.” Paul speaks of the new body that believers receive after they die as if it were both a building and a piece of clothing that a person can put on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 2CO 5 3 i4es ἐνδυσάμενοι 1 we have put it on Alternate translation: “by putting on our heavenly dwelling”
223 2CO 5 3 ap7v figs-activepassive οὐ γυμνοὶ εὑρεθησόμεθα 1 we will not be found to be naked If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we will not be naked” or “God will not find us naked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
224 2CO 5 4 bz6k figs-metaphor οἱ ὄντες ἐν τῷ σκήνει 1 while we are in this tent Paul speaks of the physical body as if it were a **tent**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
225 2CO 5 4 e34b ἐν τῷ σκήνει, στενάζομεν 1 in this tent, we groan The word **tent** refers to “the earthly dwelling that we live in.” The word **groan** is a sound that a person makes when they eagerly desire to have something that is good. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 5:2](../05/02.md).
226 2CO 5 4 cjt4 figs-metaphor βαρούμενοι 1 being burdened Paul refers to the difficulties that the physical body experiences as if they were heavy objects that are difficult to carry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
227 2CO 5 4 f8rb figs-metaphor οὐ θέλομεν ἐκδύσασθαι…ἐπενδύσασθαι 1 We do not want to be unclothed … we want to be clothed Paul speaks of the body as if it were clothing for our spirit. Here, **to be unclothed** refers to the death of the physical body; “to be clothed” refers to having the resurrection body that God will give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
228 2CO 5 4 n78p ἐκδύσασθαι 1 to be unclothed Alternate translation: “to be without clothes” or “to be naked”
229 2CO 5 4 de2b figs-metaphor ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life Paul speaks of **life** as if it were an animal that eats **the mortal**. The physical body that will die will be replaced by a resurrection body that will live forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
230 2CO 5 4 e5zi figs-activepassive ἵνα καταποθῇ τὸ θνητὸν ὑπὸ τῆς ζωῆς 1 so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that life may swallow up what is mortal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
231 2CO 5 5 g7yj figs-metaphor ὁ δοὺς ἡμῖν τὸν ἀρραβῶνα τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 who gave us the Spirit as the down payment The **Spirit** is spoken of as if he were a partial **down payment** toward eternal life. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Corinthians 1:22](../01/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
232 2CO 5 6 clh5 0 Connecting Statement: Because believers will have a new body and have the Holy Spirit as a pledge, Paul reminds them to live by faith that they may please the Lord. He continues by reminding them to persuade others because: (1) believers will appear at the judgment seat of Christ. (2) Christ who died for believers in love.
233 2CO 5 6 xv3m figs-metaphor ἐνδημοῦντες ἐν τῷ σώματι 1 being at home in the body Paul speaks of the physical **body** as if it were a place where a person dwells. Alternate translation: “while we are living in this earthly body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
239 2CO 5 9 j1sl εὐάρεστοι αὐτῷ εἶναι 1 to be pleasing to him Alternate translation: “to please the Lord”
240 2CO 5 10 kdf2 ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ βήματος τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 before the judgment seat of Christ Alternate translation: “before Christ to be judged”
241 2CO 5 10 c499 κομίσηται ἕκαστος 1 each one may receive back the things done in Alternate translation: “each person may receive what he deserves for”
242 2CO 5 10 v8sl figs-activepassive τὰ διὰ τοῦ σώματος 1 the things done in the body If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the things he has done in the physical body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
243 2CO 5 10 lsh8 εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε κακὸν 1 whether for good or for bad Alternate translation: “whether those things were good or bad”
244 2CO 5 11 dzh5 εἰδότες…τὸν φόβον τοῦ Κυρίου 1 knowing the fear of the Lord Alternate translation: “knowing what it means to fear the Lord”
245 2CO 5 11 qm34 figs-explicit ἀνθρώπους πείθομεν 1 we persuade people This could mean: (1) **we persuade** people of the truth of the gospel. (2) **we persuade** people that we are legitimate apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
246 2CO 5 11 v11v figs-activepassive Θεῷ…πεφανερώμεθα 1 What we are is clearly seen by God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God clearly sees what kind of people we are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
247 2CO 5 11 y5l1 καὶ ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσιν ὑμῶν πεφανερῶσθαι 1 that it is also clear to your conscience Alternate translation: “that you are also convinced of it”
248 2CO 5 12 mza1 ἵνα ἔχητε 1 so you may have an answer Alternate translation: “so you may have something to say to”
249 2CO 5 12 it2r figs-metonymy τοὺς ἐν προσώπῳ καυχωμένους, καὶ μὴ ἐν καρδίᾳ 1 those who boast about appearances but not about what is in the heart Here the word **face** refers to outward expressions of things like ability and status. The word **heart** refers to the inward character of a person. Alternate translation: “those who praise their own actions, but do not care about what they really are in their inner being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
258 2CO 5 17 ue8f τὰ ἀρχαῖα παρῆλθεν 1 The old things have passed away Here, **The old things** refers to the things that characterized a person before they trusted in Christ.
259 2CO 5 17 vpe3 ἰδοὺ 1 See The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
260 2CO 5 18 jyf7 τὰ…πάντα 1 All these things Here, **all these things** refers to what Paul has just said in the previous verse about new things replacing old things.
261 2CO 5 18 lj2h figs-abstractnouns τὴν διακονίαν τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the ministry of reconciliation If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reconciliation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **reconciliation**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “the ministry of reconciling people to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
262 2CO 5 19 w1d1 figs-metonymy ἦν ἐν Χριστῷ κόσμον καταλλάσσων ἑαυτῷ 1 in Christ God is reconciling the world to himself Here, **the world** refers to the people in the world. Alternate translation: “in Christ, God was reconciling mankind to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
263 2CO 5 19 b62q θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 He is entrusting to us the message of reconciliation God has given Paul the responsibility to spread the message that God is reconciling people to himself.
264 2CO 5 19 ix97 τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς 1 the message of reconciliation Alternate translation: “the message about reconciliation”
265 2CO 5 20 wg8f figs-activepassive ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ οὖν πρεσβεύομεν 1 Therefore, we are ambassadors for Christ If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God has appointed us as Christ’s representatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
266 2CO 5 20 q9u9 ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ…πρεσβεύομεν 1 representatives of Christ Alternate translation: “we are those who speak for Christ”
267 2CO 5 20 a6fx figs-activepassive καταλλάγητε τῷ Θεῷ 1 Be reconciled to God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Let God reconcile you to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
268 2CO 5 21 jp2a τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν, ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησεν 1 The one who did not know sin, he made sin for us Alternate translation: “God made Christ become the sacrifice for our sin”
269 2CO 5 21 hz6z figs-exclusive ἡμῶν…ἡμεῖς 1 us … we Here the words **us** and **we** are inclusive and refer to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
270 2CO 5 21 ebz2 τὸν μὴ γνόντα ἁμαρτίαν 1 The one who did not know sin Alternate translation: “Christ, the one who never sinned”
276 2CO 6 2 u9kc figs-explicit λέγει γάρ 1 For he says This introduces a quotation from the prophet Isaiah. Alternate translation: “for God says in scripture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
277 2CO 6 2 sa94 ἰδοὺ 1 Look The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
278 2CO 6 3 v3wc figs-metaphor μηδεμίαν ἐν μηδενὶ διδόντες προσκοπήν 1 We do not place a stumbling block in front of anyone Paul speaks of anything that would prevent a person from trusting in Christ as if it were a physical object over which that person trips and falls. Alternate translation: “we do not want to do anything that will prevent people from believing our message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
279 2CO 6 3 he3c figs-activepassive μὴ μωμηθῇ ἡ διακονία 1 our ministry might not The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) The word **discredited** refers to people speaking badly about Paul’s ministry, and working against the message he proclaims. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no oner will be able to speak badly about our ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
280 2CO 6 4 xd9l figs-exclusive συνιστάντες 1 General Information: When Paul uses **we** here, he is referring to himself and Timothy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
281 2CO 6 4 p9up ἐν παντὶ συνιστάντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς Θεοῦ διάκονοι 1 we commend ourselves in everything as God’s servants Alternate translation: “we prove that we are God’s servants by all that we do”
282 2CO 6 4 xyf9 Θεοῦ διάκονοι: ἐν ὑπομονῇ πολλῇ, ἐν θλίψεσιν, ἐν ἀνάγκαις, ἐν στενοχωρίαις 1 God’s servants; in much endurance, affliction, distress, hardship Paul mentions these difficult situations in which they proved that they are **God’s servants**.
288 2CO 6 7 ef5b τῶν ὅπλων τῆς δικαιοσύνης 1 the weapons of righteousness Alternate translation: “righteousness as our armor” or “righteousness as our weapons”
289 2CO 6 7 ijr2 τῶν δεξιῶν καὶ ἀριστερῶν 1 for the right hand and for the left This could mean: (1) there is a weapon in one hand and a shield in the other. (2) they are completely equipped for battle, able to fend off attacks from any direction.
290 2CO 6 8 zi7d figs-merism 0 General Information: Paul lists several extremes of how people think about him and his ministry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
291 2CO 6 8 e4pf figs-activepassive ὡς πλάνοι 1 as imposters If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people accuse us of being deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
292 2CO 6 9 fcb5 figs-activepassive ὡς ἀγνοούμενοι καὶ ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι 1 as if we were unknown and we are still well known If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as if people did not know us and yet people still know us well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
293 2CO 6 9 r1d9 figs-activepassive ὡς παιδευόμενοι καὶ μὴ θανατούμενοι 1 as being punished, and yet not being killed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we work as if people are punishing us for our actions but not as if they have condemned us to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
294 2CO 6 11 v74j τὸ στόμα ἡμῶν ἀνέῳγεν πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Our mouth has been opened to you Alternate translation: “We have spoken honestly to you”
295 2CO 6 11 mv85 figs-metaphor ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 our heart is opened wide Paul speaks of his great affection for the Corinthians as having a **heart** that is open. Alternate translation: “we love you very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
296 2CO 6 11 r815 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία ἡμῶν πεπλάτυνται 1 Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
297 2CO 6 12 m2kq figs-metaphor οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν, στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 Paul speaks of the Corinthians lack of love for him as if their **inner parts** were squeezed into a tight space. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
298 2CO 6 12 u4fz figs-activepassive οὐ στενοχωρεῖσθε ἐν ἡμῖν 1 You are not restrained by us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We have not restrained you” or “We have not given you any reason to stop loving us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
299 2CO 6 12 xv9t figs-metonymy στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 You are not restrained by us, but you are restrained in your affections Here, **inner parts** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
300 2CO 6 12 ecn4 figs-activepassive στενοχωρεῖσθε δὲ ἐν τοῖς σπλάγχνοις ὑμῶν 1 you are restrained in your affections If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “but your own hearts are restraining you” or “but you have stopped loving us for your own reasons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
301 2CO 6 13 c6vp figs-metaphor πλατύνθητε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 open yourselves wide also Paul urges the Corinthians to love him as he has loved them. Alternate translation: “love us back” or “love us much as we have loved you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
302 2CO 6 14 v7kk figs-doublenegatives μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες ἀπίστοις 1 Do not be yoked together with unbelievers If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … unbelievers**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “Only be tied together with believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
303 2CO 6 14 qd33 figs-metaphor μὴ γίνεσθε ἑτεροζυγοῦντες 1 be yoked together with Paul speaks of working **together** toward a common purpose as if it were two animals tied together to pull a plow or cart. Alternate translation: “Do not team up” or “Do not have a close relationship” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
313 2CO 6 16 u5g3 figs-parallelism ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 I will dwell among them and walk among them. This is an Old Testament quotation that speaks of God being with the people in two different ways that mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
314 2CO 6 16 g0nl figs-metaphor ἐνοικήσω ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἐνπεριπατήσω 1 The words **dwell among** speak of living where others live, while the words **walk among** speak of being with them as they go about their lives. Alternate translation: “I will be with them and help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
315 2CO 6 17 fe1z 0 General Information: Paul quotes portions from the Old Testament prophets, Isaiah and Ezekiel.
316 2CO 6 17 z5ld figs-activepassive ἀφορίσθητε 1 be separate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “set yourselves apart” or “allow me to set you apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
317 2CO 6 17 c8jq figs-doublenegatives ἀκαθάρτου μὴ ἅπτεσθε 1 Touch no unclean thing If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **no unclean**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “touch only things that are clean” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
318 2CO 7 intro hg36 0 # 2 Corinthians 7 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 2-4, Paul finishes his defense. He then writes about Titus’ return and the comfort it brought.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Clean and unclean<br><br>Christians are “clean” in the sense that God has cleansed them from sin. They do not need to be concerned with being clean according to the law of Moses. Ungodly living can still make a Christian unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Sadness and sorrow<br><br>The words “sad” and “sorrow” in this chapter indicate that the Corinthians were upset to the point of repenting. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Original situation<br><br>This chapter discusses in detail a previous situation. We can figure out some aspects of this situation from the information in this chapter. But it is best not to include this type of implicit information in a translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
319 2CO 7 1 h5xv ἀγαπητοί 1 Beloved Alternate translation: “you whom I love” or “dear friends”
326 2CO 7 3 bhb7 πρὸς κατάκρισιν οὐ λέγω 1 I do not speak for your condemnation Here, Paul refers back to what he has just said about not having wronged anyone. Alternate translation: “I do not say this to accuse you of having done wrong.”
327 2CO 7 3 fay3 figs-metaphor ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν ἐστε 1 you are in our hearts Paul speaks of his and his associates’ great love for the Corinthians as if they held them in their hearts. Alternate translation: “you are very dear to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
328 2CO 7 3 xzg3 figs-idiom εἰς τὸ συναποθανεῖν καὶ συνζῆν 1 for us to die together and to live together This means that Paul and his associates will continue to love the Corinthians no matter what happens. Alternate translation: “whether we live or whether we die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
329 2CO 7 4 mh12 figs-activepassive πεπλήρωμαι τῇ παρακλήσει 1 I am filled with encouragement If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “You fill me with comfort” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
330 2CO 7 4 mx9b figs-metaphor ὑπερπερισσεύομαι τῇ χαρᾷ 1 I overflow with joy Paul speaks of **joy** as if it is a liquid that fills him until he overflows. Alternate translation: “I am extremely joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
331 2CO 7 4 mr75 ἐπὶ πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει ἡμῶν 1 even in all our afflictions Alternate translation: “despite all our hardships”
332 2CO 7 5 f3c5 figs-exclusive ἐλθόντων ἡμῶν εἰς Μακεδονίαν 1 When we came to Macedonia Here the word **we** refers to Paul and Timothy but not to the Corinthians or Titus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
333 2CO 7 5 c8ju figs-synecdoche οὐδεμίαν ἔσχηκεν ἄνεσιν ἡ σὰρξ ἡμῶν 1 our flesh had no rest Here, **our flesh** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “we had no rest” or “we were very tired” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
334 2CO 7 5 h3cv figs-activepassive ἐν παντὶ θλιβόμενοι 1 we were troubled in every way If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “we experienced every kind of trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
335 2CO 7 5 i4wr figs-explicit ἔξωθεν μάχαι, ἔσωθεν φόβοι 1 by conflicts on the outside and fears on the inside Here, **without** could mean: (1) “outside of our bodies.” (2) “outside of the church.” The word **within** refers to their inward emotions. Alternate translation: “by conflicts with other people and by fears within ourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
336 2CO 7 7 w7td figs-explicit ἐν τῇ παρακλήσει ᾗ παρεκλήθη ἐφ’ ὑμῖν 1 by the comfort that Titus had received from you Paul received **comfort** from knowing that the Corinthians had **comforted** Titus. Alternate translation: “by learning about the comfort that Titus had received from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
337 2CO 7 8 b2xj ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 General Information: This refers to Paul’s previous **letter** to these Corinthian believers where he rebuked them for their acceptance of a believer’s sexual immorality with his father’s wife.
338 2CO 7 8 vk7m βλέπω ὅτι ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ἐκείνη 1 when I saw that my letter Alternate translation: “when I learned that my letter”
339 2CO 7 9 kn5q figs-activepassive οὐχ ὅτι ἐλυπήθητε 1 not because you were distressed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not because what I said in my letter distressed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
340 2CO 7 9 l6d2 figs-idiom ἐν μηδενὶ ζημιωθῆτε ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 you would not suffer loss in anything through us This means that although the letter caused them sorrow, they eventually benefited from the letter because it led them to repentance. Alternate translation: “so that we did not harm you in any way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
341 2CO 7 10 dtm3 figs-ellipsis ἡ γὰρ κατὰ Θεὸν λύπη, μετάνοιαν εἰς σωτηρίαν…ἐργάζεται 1 For the sorrow that God intends produces repentance that leads to salvation The word **repentance** may be repeated to clarify its relationship to what precedes it and what follows it. Alternate translation: “For godly sorrow produces repentance, and repentance leads to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
342 2CO 7 10 lc4m ἀμεταμέλητον 1 without regret This could mean: (1) Paul has no **regret** that he caused them sorrow because that sorrow led to their repentance and salvation. (2) the Corinthians will not **regret** experiencing sorrow because it led to their repentance and salvation.
343 2CO 7 10 lc1s figs-explicit ἡ δὲ τοῦ κόσμου λύπη, θάνατον κατεργάζεται 1 But the sorrow of the world produces death This kind of **sorrow** leads to **death** instead of salvation because it does not produce repentance. Alternate translation: “Worldly sorrow, however, leads to spiritual death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
344 2CO 7 11 gpp2 figs-exclamations ἀλλὰ ἀπολογίαν 1 what earnestness, what eagerness to defend yourselves Here the word **what** makes this statement an exclamation. Alternate translation: “your determination to prove you were innocent was very great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
345 2CO 7 11 h6jc figs-activepassive ἀλλὰ ἐκδίκησιν 1 what avenging of wrong If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that someone should carry out justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
346 2CO 7 12 i6sn figs-activepassive τοῦ φανερωθῆναι τὴν σπουδὴν ὑμῶν, τὴν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 your good will toward us should be made known to you in the sight of God If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that you would know that your good will toward us is sincere” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
347 2CO 7 12 ycy7 ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 before God Here, **before God** refers to God’s presence. See how you translated this in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
348 2CO 7 13 kn2q figs-activepassive διὰ τοῦτο παρακεκλήμεθα 1 For this reason we are encouraged Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here the phrase **this reason** refers to the way the Corinthians responded to Paul’s previous letter, as he described in the previous verse. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is what encourages us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
349 2CO 7 13 v2g6 figs-activepassive ἀναπέπαυται τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὑμῶν 1 his spirit was refreshed by all of you Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here the word **spirit** refers to a person’s temperament and disposition. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “all of you refreshed his spirit” or “all of you made him stop worrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
350 2CO 7 14 b4uq ὅτι εἴ τι αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν κεκαύχημαι 1 For if I boasted to him about you Alternate translation: “For although I boasted to him about you”
351 2CO 7 14 m22c οὐ κατῃσχύνθην 1 I was not embarrassed Alternate translation: “you did not disappoint me”
352 2CO 7 14 q5hg ἡ καύχησις ἡμῶν ἡ ἐπὶ Τίτου ἀλήθεια ἐγενήθη 1 our boasting about you to Titus proved to be true Alternate translation: “you proved to Titus that our boasting about you was true”
353 2CO 7 15 d87j figs-abstractnouns τὴν πάντων ὑμῶν ὑπακοήν 1 the obedience of all of you If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **obedience**, you could express the same idea with the verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **obedience**, you can express the same idea with the verb, “obey.” Alternate translation: “how all of you obeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
354 2CO 7 15 g9bz figs-doublet μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου ἐδέξασθε αὐτόν 1 you welcomed him with fear and trembling Here, **fear** and **trembling** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of fear. Alternate translation: “you welcomed him with great reverence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
355 2CO 7 15 q47h μετὰ φόβου καὶ τρόμου 1 with fear and trembling This could refer to: (1) great reverence for God. (2) great reverence for Titus.
356 2CO 8 intro kl7m 0 # 2 Corinthians 8 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 8 and 9 begin a new section. Paul writes about how churches in Greece helped needy believers in Jerusalem.<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gift to the church in Jerusalem<br><br>The church in Corinth started preparing to give money to the poor believers in Jerusalem. The churches in Macedonia also had given generously. Paul sends Titus and two other believers to Corinth to encourage the Corinthians to give generously. Paul and the others will carry the money to Jerusalem. They want people to know it is being done honestly.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### We<br><br>Paul likely uses the pronoun “we” to represent at least Timothy and himself. It may also include other people.<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. These words in verse 2 are a paradox: “the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity.” In verse 3 Paul explains how their poverty produced riches. Paul also uses riches and poverty in other paradoxes. ([2 Corinthians 8:2](../08/02.md))
357 2CO 8 1 mm8g 0 Connecting Statement: Having explained his changed plans and his ministry direction, Paul talks about giving.
358 2CO 8 1 d1mj figs-activepassive τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ τὴν δεδομένην ἐν ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις τῆς Μακεδονίας 1 the grace of God that has been given to the churches of Macedonia If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the grace that God has given to the churches of Macedonia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
359 2CO 8 2 fsq8 figs-personification ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν, ἐπερίσσευσεν εἰς τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy and the extremity of their poverty have produced great riches of generosity Paul speaks of **joy** and **poverty** as if they were living things that can produce generosity. Alternate translation: “because of the people’s great joy and extreme poverty, they have become very generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
360 2CO 8 2 b7k5 figs-metaphor ἡ περισσεία τῆς χαρᾶς αὐτῶν 1 the abundance of their joy Paul speaks of **joy** as if it were a physical object that could increase in size or quantity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
361 2CO 8 2 pr8c ἡ κατὰ βάθους πτωχεία αὐτῶν…τὸ πλοῦτος τῆς ἁπλότητος αὐτῶν 1 their deep poverty … the riches of their generosity Though the churches of Macedonia have suffered testings of affliction and **poverty**, by God’s grace, they have been able to collect money for the believers in Jerusalem.
369 2CO 8 9 iz6z figs-metaphor δι’ ὑμᾶς ἐπτώχευσεν, πλούσιος ὤν 1 though he was rich, for your sakes he became poor Paul speaks of Jesus before his incarnation as **being rich**, and of his becoming human as becoming **poor**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
370 2CO 8 9 j5ym figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τῇ ἐκείνου πτωχείᾳ πλουτήσητε 1 through his poverty you might become rich Paul speaks of the Corinthians becoming spiritually **rich** as a result of Jesus becoming human. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
371 2CO 8 10 b7ht figs-explicit ἐν τούτῳ 1 In this matter Here the word **this** refers to Corinthians collecting money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “with regard to the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
372 2CO 8 11 fc27 figs-abstractnouns καθάπερ ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν 1 there was the readiness of your desire If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **readiness**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “just as you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **readiness**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “just as you were eager and desired to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
373 2CO 8 11 d6ly καὶ τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 1 there may be the completion Alternate translation: “complete it” or “finish it”
374 2CO 8 12 k9wh καθὸ ἐὰν ἔχῃ 1 according to whatever a person has Alternate translation: “if it is proportional to what the person giving has”
375 2CO 8 13 mp6k 0 For this This verse refers back to collecting money for the believers in Jerusalem.
376 2CO 8 13 smk2 figs-activepassive ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις, ὑμῖν θλῖψις 1 for the ease of others, and your affliction If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that you may relieve others and burden yourselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
377 2CO 8 13 ktd1 ἐξ ἰσότητος 1 for the sake of equality Alternate translation: “so that there would be equality”
378 2CO 8 14 v7aj ἵνα καὶ τὸ ἐκείνων περίσσευμα γένηται εἰς τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα 1 This is also so that their abundance may supply your need Since the Corinthians are acting in the present time, it is implied that the believers in Jerusalem will also help them at some time in the future. Alternate translation: “this is also so that in the future their abundance may supply your need”
379 2CO 8 15 ue8w figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 as it is written Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) Here Paul quotes from Exodus. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language.If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “as Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
380 2CO 8 15 u28y figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἠλαττόνησεν 1 did not have too little If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … too little**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “had all he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
381 2CO 8 16 cr18 figs-synecdoche τῷ διδόντι τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Τίτου 1 who put into Titus’ heart the same earnest care that I have for you Here, **heart** refers to the emotions. This means that God caused Titus to love them. Alternate translation: “the one who made Titus care for you as much as I do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
382 2CO 8 16 vsm3 τὴν αὐτὴν σπουδὴν 1 same earnest care Alternate translation: “the same enthusiasm” or “same deep concern”
383 2CO 8 17 e4xn figs-explicit ὅτι τὴν μὲν παράκλησιν ἐδέξατο 1 For he not only accepted our appeal Paul is referring to his asking Titus to return to Corinth and complete the collection. Alternate translation: “For he not only agreed to our request that he help you with the collection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
384 2CO 8 18 rje2 μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 with him Alternate translation: “with Titus”
385 2CO 8 18 jll9 figs-activepassive τὸν ἀδελφὸν, οὗ ὁ ἔπαινος…διὰ πασῶν τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 the brother who is praised among all of the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the brother whom believers among all of the churches praise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
386 2CO 8 19 j9rk οὐ μόνον 1 Not only this Alternate translation: “not only do believers among all of the churches praise him”
387 2CO 8 19 c667 figs-activepassive καὶ χειροτονηθεὶς ὑπὸ τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν 1 he also was selected by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches also selected him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
388 2CO 8 19 k7dy σὺν τῇ χάριτι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 along with this act of grace which is being administered by us This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “to carry out this act of generosity”
389 2CO 8 19 v22x προθυμίαν ἡμῶν 1 our readiness Alternate translation: “our eagerness to help”
390 2CO 8 20 a3ps figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἁδρότητι ταύτῃ τῇ διακονουμένῃ ὑφ’ ἡμῶν 1 concerning this generosity that we are carrying out This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) This refers to taking the offering to Jerusalem. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **administration**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “concerning the way we are handling this generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
391 2CO 8 21 n4x1 προνοοῦμεν γὰρ καλὰ 1 For we considered beforehand what is right Alternate translation: “We are careful to handle this gift in an honorable way”
392 2CO 8 21 ey5n ἐνώπιον Κυρίου…ἐνώπιον ἀνθρώπων 1 before the Lord … before people Alternate translation: “in the Lord’s opinion … in people’s opinion”
393 2CO 8 22 d3yj αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word **them** refers to Titus and the previously mentioned brother.
394 2CO 8 23 mmi2 κοινωνὸς ἐμὸς καὶ εἰς ὑμᾶς συνεργός 1 he is my partner and fellow worker for you Alternate translation: “he is my partner who works with me to help you”
395 2CO 8 23 lat3 ἀδελφοὶ ἡμῶν 1 As for our brothers Here, **our brothers** refers to the two other men who will accompany Titus.
396 2CO 8 23 u8lx figs-activepassive ἀπόστολοι ἐκκλησιῶν 1 they are sent by the churches If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the churches have sent them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
397 2CO 8 23 a8v2 figs-abstractnouns δόξα Χριστοῦ 1 an honor to Christ If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **glory**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “they will cause people to honor Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
398 2CO 9 intro lt8d 0 # 2 Corinthians 9 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 9, which is quoted from the Old Testament.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br><br>Paul uses three agricultural metaphors. He uses them to teach about giving to needy believers. The metaphors help Paul explain that God will reward those who give generously. Paul does not say how or when God will reward them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])
399 2CO 9 1 wc5l 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues on the subject of giving. He wants to make sure that the collection of their offering for the needy believers in Jerusalem takes place before he comes so that it does not seem as though he takes advantage of them. He talks about how giving blesses the giver and glorifies God.
400 2CO 9 1 fxs3 figs-explicit τῆς διακονίας τῆς εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 1 the ministry that is for the saints This refers to the collection of money to give to the believers in Jerusalem. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the ministry for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
404 2CO 9 3 k1er μὴ τὸ καύχημα ἡμῶν, τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν, κενωθῇ 1 our boasting about you may not be futile Paul does not want others to think that the things that he had boasted about the Corinthians were false.
405 2CO 9 4 j8ey εὕρωσιν ὑμᾶς ἀπαρασκευάστους 1 find you unprepared Alternate translation: “find you unprepared to give”
406 2CO 9 5 q1up figs-go τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, ἵνα προέλθωσιν εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 the brothers they they would come to you From Paul’s perspective, **the brothers** are going. Alternate translation: “the brothers to come to you beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
407 2CO 9 5 nm2n figs-activepassive μὴ ὡς πλεονεξίαν 1 not as forced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “not as something that we forced you to give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
408 2CO 9 6 mm9w figs-metaphor ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως, φειδομένως καὶ θερίσει; καὶ ὁ σπείρων ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις, ἐπ’ εὐλογίαις καὶ θερίσει 1 the one who sows … will also reap in blessings Paul uses the image of a farmer sowing seeds to describe the results of giving. As a farmer’s harvest is based on how much he **sows**, so will God’s **blessings** be little or much based on how generously the Corinthians give. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
409 2CO 9 7 tzt4 figs-metonymy καθὼς προῄρηται τῇ καρδίᾳ 1 let each one give as he has decided in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the thoughts and emotions. Alternate translation: “just as he has determined” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
410 2CO 9 7 whg6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ ἐκ λύπης ἢ ἐξ ἀνάγκης 1 not reluctantly or under compulsion If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you could express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **sorrow** and **compulsion**, you can express the same idea with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “not because he feels guilty or because someone is compelling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
411 2CO 9 7 t26d ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ Θεός 1 for God loves a cheerful giver God wants people to give gladly to help provide for fellow believers.
412 2CO 9 8 cz9b figs-metaphor δυνατεῖ δὲ ὁ Θεὸς, πᾶσαν χάριν περισσεῦσαι εἰς ὑμᾶς 1 God is able to make all grace overflow for you Here, **grace** is spoken of as if it were a physical object of which a person can have more than he can use. As a person gives financially to other believers, **God** also gives to the giver everything he needs. Alternate translation: “God is able to give you more than you need” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
413 2CO 9 8 zxz9 χάριν 1 grace Here, **grace** refers to the physical things a Christian needs, not to the need for God to save him from his sins.
414 2CO 9 8 u8w6 περισσεύητε εἰς πᾶν ἔργον ἀγαθόν 1 you may abound in every good work Alternate translation: “so that you may be able to do more and more good deeds”
415 2CO 9 9 mma1 figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 just as it is written If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “This is just as the writer wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
416 2CO 9 10 p3fl ὁ…ἐπιχορηγῶν 1 He who supplies Alternate translation: “God who supplies”
417 2CO 9 10 b1xe figs-metonymy ἄρτον εἰς βρῶσιν 1 bread for food Here the word **bread** refers to **food** in general. Alternate translation: “food to eat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
418 2CO 9 10 uts1 figs-metaphor χορηγήσει καὶ πληθυνεῖ τὸν σπόρον ὑμῶν 1 will supply and multiply your seed for sowing Paul speaks of the Corinthians’ possessions as if they are seeds and of giving to others as if they were **sowing** seeds. Alternate translation: “will also supply and multiply your possessions so that you can sow them by giving them to others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419 2CO 9 10 ci67 figs-metaphor αὐξήσει τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 will increase the fruits of your righteousness Paul compares the benefits that the Corinthians will receive from their generosity to that of a harvest. Alternate translation: “God will bless you even more for your righteousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
420 2CO 9 10 yv67 τὰ γενήματα τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὑμῶν 1 the fruits of your righteousness Here, **righteousness** refers to the righteous actions of the Corinthians in giving their resources to the believers in Jerusalem.
421 2CO 9 11 eey1 figs-activepassive πλουτιζόμενοι 1 enriching you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will enrich you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
422 2CO 9 11 b3e5 figs-explicit ἥτις κατεργάζεται δι’ ἡμῶν, εὐχαριστίαν τῷ Θεῷ 1 which produces thanksgiving to God through us The word **which** refers to the Corinthian’s generosity. Alternate translation: “Because of your generosity, those who receive the gifts we bring them will thank God” or “and when we give your gifts to those who need them, they will give thanks to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
423 2CO 9 12 l7kq figs-explicit ὅτι ἡ διακονία τῆς λειτουργίας ταύτης 1 For the ministry of this service Here, **service** refers to Paul and his companions bringing the contribution to the believers in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “For our carrying out this service for the believers in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
424 2CO 9 12 esk7 figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ καὶ περισσεύουσα διὰ πολλῶν εὐχαριστιῶν τῷ Θεῷ 1 but is also overflowing into many acts of thanksgiving to God Paul speaks of the Corinthian believers’ act of service as if it were a liquid of which there is more than a container can hold. Alternate translation: “It also causes many deeds for which people will thank God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
425 2CO 9 13 plj4 figs-activepassive διὰ τῆς δοκιμῆς τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 Because of the proof of this ministry If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Because this service has tested and proven you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
426 2CO 9 13 ze14 δοξάζοντες τὸν Θεὸν ἐπὶ τῇ ὑποταγῇ τῆς ὁμολογίας ὑμῶν εἰς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον τοῦ Χριστοῦ, καὶ ἁπλότητι τῆς κοινωνίας εἰς αὐτοὺς καὶ εἰς πάντας 1 they glorify God for your obedience … the generosity of your sharing with them and with everyone Paul says that the Corinthians will **glorify God** both by being faithful to Jesus and by giving generously to other believers who have need.
427 2CO 9 15 es8c ἐπὶ τῇ ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ αὐτοῦ δωρεᾷ 1 for his inexpressible gift This **gift** could refer to: (1) “the very great grace” that God has given to the Corinthians, which has led them to be so generous. (2) Jesus Christ, whom God gave to all believers.
428 2CO 10 intro abcd 0 # 2 Corinthians 10 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 17.<br><br>In this chapter, Paul returns to defending his authority. He also compares the way he speaks and the way he writes.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Boasting<br><br>“Boasting” is often thought of as bragging, which is not good. But in this letter “boasting” means confidently exulting or rejoicing.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>In verses 3-6, Paul uses many metaphors from war. He probably uses them as part of a larger metaphor about Christians being spiritually at war. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is possibly a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. Paul is not teaching that our physical bodies are sinful. Paul appears to be teaching that as long as Christians are alive (“in the flesh”), we will continue to sin. But our new nature will be fighting against our old nature. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])
429 2CO 10 1 yc1g 0 Connecting Statement: Paul shifts the subject from giving to affirming his authority to teach as he does.
430 2CO 10 1 gq7j figs-abstractnouns διὰ τῆς πραΰτητος καὶ ἐπιεικείας τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 by the meekness and gentleness of Christ If your language does not use abstract noun for the ideas behind the word **meekness** and **gentleness**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use abstract noun for the ideas behind the word **meekness** and **gentleness**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. Alternate translation: “I am humble and gentle as I do so, because Christ has made me that way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
431 2CO 10 2 i6hh τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς 1 those who regard Alternate translation: “who think of us”
432 2CO 10 2 ik1p figs-metonymy ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 1 as walking according to the flesh Here, **flesh** is a metonym for sinful human nature. Alternate translation: “are acting from human motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
433 2CO 10 3 cvd6 figs-metaphor ἐν σαρκὶ…περιπατοῦντες 1 we walk in the flesh Here, **walking** is a metaphor for “living.” Alternate translation: “we live our lives in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
462 2CO 10 16 raq7 ἀλλοτρίῳ κανόνι 1 another person’s area Alternate translation: “an area that God has assigned to someone else”
463 2CO 10 17 q8cc ἐν Κυρίῳ καυχάσθω 1 boast in the Lord Alternate translation: “let … boast about what the Lord has done”
464 2CO 10 18 h81t ὁ ἑαυτὸν συνιστάνων 1 who commends himself This means that he provides enough evidence for each person who hears him to decide whether he is right or wrong. See how “recommend ourselves” is translated in [2 Corinthians 4:2](../04/02.md).
465 2CO 10 18 n5v6 figs-activepassive οὐ…ἐστιν δόκιμος 1 is approved If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is not whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
466 2CO 10 18 sy2r figs-ellipsis ὃν ὁ Κύριος συνίστησιν 1 the one whom the Lord commends You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “the one whom the Lord recommends is the one of whom the Lord approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
467 2CO 11 intro abce 0 # 2 Corinthians 11 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul continues defending his authority.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False teaching<br><br>The Corinthians were quick to accept false teachers. They taught things about Jesus and the gospel that were different and not true. Unlike these false teachers, Paul sacrificially served the Corinthians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/goodnews]])<br><br>### Light<br><br>Light is commonly used in the New Testament as a metaphor. Paul here uses light to indicate the revealing of God and his righteousness. Darkness describes sin. Sin seeks to remain hidden from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/light]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/darkness]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Paul begins this chapter with an extended metaphor. He compares himself to the father of a bride who is giving a pure, virgin bride to her bridegroom. Wedding practices change depending on the cultural background. But the idea of helping to present someone as a grown and holy child is explicitly pictured in this passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Irony<br><br>This chapter is full of irony. Paul is hoping to shame the Corinthian believers with his irony.<br><br>“You tolerate these things well enough!” Paul thinks that they should not tolerate the way the false apostles treated them. Paul does not think they are really apostles at all.<br><br>The statement, “For you gladly put up with fools. You are wise yourselves!” means that the Corinthian believers think they were very wise but Paul does not agree.<br><br>“I will say to our shame that we were too weak to do that.” Paul is speaking about behavior he thinks is very wrong in order to avoid it. He is speaking as if he thinks he is wrong for not doing it. He uses a rhetorical question also as irony. “Did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>In refuting the false apostles claiming to be superior, Paul uses a series of rhetorical questions. Each question is coupled with an answer: “Are they Hebrews? So am I. Are they Israelites? So am I. Are they descendants of Abraham? So am I. Are they servants of Christ? (I speak as though I were out of my mind.) I am more.”<br><br>He also uses a series of rhetorical questions to empathize with his converts: “Who is weak, and I am not weak? Who has caused another to fall into sin, and I do not burn within?”<br><br>### “Are they servants of Christ?”<br><br>This is sarcasm, a special type of irony used to mock or insult. Paul does not believe these false teachers actually serve Christ, only that they pretend to do so.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 30 is a paradox: “If I must boast, I will boast about what shows my weaknesses.” Paul does not explain why he would boast in his weakness until 2 Corinthians 12:9. ([2 Corinthians 11:30](../11/30.md))
468 2CO 11 1 r4q6 ἀνείχεσθέ μου μικρόν τι ἀφροσύνης 1 bear with me in a little bit of foolishness Alternate translation: “you would allow me allow me to act like a fool”
475 2CO 11 4 fs5z καλῶς ἀνέχεσθε 1 you are bearing with it well See how these words were translated in [2 Corinthians 11:1](../11/01.md). Alternate translation: “you are dealing correctly with these things”
476 2CO 11 5 eet1 figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 those super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say there are. Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
477 2CO 11 6 f8d1 figs-litotes οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 I am not untrained in knowledge This negative phrase emphasizes the positive truth that he is trained in knowledge. Alternate translation: “I am certainly trained in knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
478 2CO 11 6 n7xy figs-abstractnouns οὐ τῇ γνώσει 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **knowledge**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “I am trained to know what they know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
479 2CO 11 7 un9v figs-rquestion ἢ ἁμαρτίαν ἐποίησα ἐμαυτὸν ταπεινῶν, ἵνα ὑμεῖς ὑψωθῆτε, ὅτι δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν? 1 Or did I sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted? Paul is beginning to claim that he treated the Corinthians well. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I think we agree that I did not sin by humbling myself so you might be exalted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
480 2CO 11 7 ax51 δωρεὰν τὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εὐαγγέλιον εὐηγγελισάμην ὑμῖν 1 freely preached the gospel of God to you Alternate translation: “I preached the gospel of God to you without expecting anything from you in return”
481 2CO 11 8 k6ds figs-hyperbole ἄλλας ἐκκλησίας ἐσύλησα 1 I robbed other churches This is an exaggeration to emphasize that Paul received money from **churches** who were not obligated to give to him. Alternate translation: “I accepted money from other churches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
485 2CO 11 9 sqcf figs-explicit ἐν παντὶ ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν ὑμῖν ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 The full meaning of this can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I have done all I can to make sure you do not have to spend money so that I can be with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
486 2CO 11 9 b35r ἀβαρῆ ἐμαυτὸν…ἐτήρησα καὶ τηρήσω 1 I will continue to do that Alternate translation: “I never will be a burden to you”
487 2CO 11 10 si2r ἔστιν ἀλήθεια Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 the truth of Christ is in me Paul is emphasizing that because his readers know that he tells the **truth** about **Christ**, they can know that he is telling the truth here. “As surely as you know that I truly know and proclaim the truth about Christ, you could know that what I am about to say is true”
488 2CO 11 10 nae3 figs-activepassive ἡ καύχησις αὕτη οὐ φραγήσεται εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine will not be silenced If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “no one will be able to make me stop boasting and stay silent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
489 2CO 11 10 ua2i ἡ καύχησις αὕτη…εἰς ἐμὲ 1 this boasting of mine This refers to what Paul spoke about starting in ([2 Corinthians 11:7](../11/07.md)).
490 2CO 11 11 zqu5 figs-rquestion διὰ τί? ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαπῶ ὑμᾶς? 1 Why? Because I do not love you? Paul uses rhetorical questions to emphasize love for the Corinthians. These questions can be combined or made into a statement. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could combine them or express them as statements. Alternate translation: “Is it because I do not love you that I do not want to be a burden to you?” or “I will continue to keep you from paying for my needs because this shows others that I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
491 2CO 11 11 rj6f figs-ellipsis ὁ Θεὸς οἶδεν 1 God knows You can make explicit the understood information. Alternate translation: “God knows I love you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
492 2CO 11 12 d9sl figs-metaphor ἵνα ἐκκόψω τὴν ἀφορμὴν τῶν θελόντων ἀφορμήν, ἵνα ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται, εὑρεθῶσιν καθὼς καὶ ἡμεῖς 1 in order that I may take away the opportunity Paul speaks of a false claim that his enemies state as if it were something that he can carry away. Alternate translation: “so that I might make it impossible for those who are trying to get people to regard them as highly as they respect us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
493 2CO 11 12 t4js figs-activepassive εὑρεθῶσιν 1 they may be regarded as equal to us If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people will think highly of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
494 2CO 11 13 ml66 οἱ γὰρ τοιοῦτοι 1 For such people Alternate translation: “I do what I do because people like them”
495 2CO 11 13 nq3t ἐργάται δόλιοι 1 deceitful workers Alternate translation: “dishonest workers”
496 2CO 11 13 y896 μετασχηματιζόμενοι εἰς ἀποστόλους 1 disguising themselves as apostles Alternate translation: “are not apostles, but they try to make themselves look like apostles”
519 2CO 11 23 qdcm figs-hyperbole ἐν πληγαῖς ὑπερβαλλόντως 1 This is exaggerated to emphasize that he had been beaten many, many times. Alternate translation: “I have been beaten too many times to bother counting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
520 2CO 11 23 r6jv ἐν θανάτοις πολλάκις 1 in facing many dangers of death Alternate translation: “and I have almost died many times”
521 2CO 11 24 ttz2 τεσσεράκοντα παρὰ μίαν 1 forty lashes minus one This was a common expression for being whipped 39 times. In Jewish law the most they were allowed to whip a person at one time was forty lashes. So they commonly whipped a person thirty-nine times so that they would be guilty of whipping someone too many times if the accidentally counted wrong.
522 2CO 11 25 u9xc figs-activepassive ἐραβδίσθην 1 I was beaten with rods If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people beat me with wooden rods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
523 2CO 11 25 xk9w figs-activepassive ἐλιθάσθην 1 I was stoned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people threw stones at me until they thought I was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
524 2CO 11 25 b4kz νυχθήμερον ἐν τῷ βυθῷ πεποίηκα 1 I have spent a night and a day on the open sea Paul was referring to floating in the water after the ship he was on sank.
525 2CO 11 26 b3j9 figs-explicit κινδύνοις ἐν ψευδαδέλφοις 1 in danger from false brothers The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and in danger from people who claimed to be brothers in Christ, but who betrayed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
526 2CO 11 27 ds5h figs-hyperbole γυμνότητι 1 nakedness Here Paul exaggerates to show his need of clothing. Alternate translation: “without enough clothing to keep me warm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
534 2CO 11 31 yx8z figs-litotes οὐ ψεύδομαι 1 I am not lying Paul is using litotes to emphasize that he is telling the truth. Alternate translation: “I am telling the absolute truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
535 2CO 11 32 n383 ὁ ἐθνάρχης Ἁρέτα τοῦ βασιλέως ἐφρούρει τὴν πόλιν 1 the governor under King Aretas was guarding the city Alternate translation: “the governor whom King Aretas had appointed had told men to guard the city”
536 2CO 11 32 j7de πιάσαι με 1 to arrest me Alternate translation: “so that they might catch and arrest me”
537 2CO 11 33 i8xa figs-activepassive ἐν σαργάνῃ, ἐχαλάσθην 1 I was lowered in a basket If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people put me in a basket and lowered me to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
538 2CO 11 33 aw7d figs-metonymy τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ 1 from his hands Paul uses the governor’s **hands** as metonymy for the governor. Alternate translation: “from the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
539 2CO 12 intro abcf 0 # 2 Corinthians 12 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul continues defending his authority in this chapter.<br><br>When Paul was with the Corinthians, he proved himself to be an apostle by his powerful deeds. He had not ever taken anything from them. Now that he is coming for the third time, he will still not take anything. He hopes that when he visits, he will not need to be harsh with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/apostle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Paul’s vision<br><br>Paul now defends his authority by telling about a wonderful vision of heaven. Although he speaks in the third person in verses 2-5, verse 7 indicates that he was the person who experienced the vision. It was so great, God gave him a physical handicap to keep him humble. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>### Third heaven<br><br>Many scholars believe the “third” heaven is the dwelling place of God. This is because Scripture also uses “heaven” to refer to the sky (the “first” heaven) and the universe (the “second” heaven).<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Paul uses many rhetorical questions as he defends himself against his enemies who accused him: “For how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that I was not a burden to you?” “Did Titus take advantage of you? Did we not walk in the same way? Did we not walk in the same steps?” and “Do you think all of this time we have been defending ourselves to you?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Sarcasm<br><br>Paul uses sarcasm, a special type of irony, when he reminds them how he had helped them at no cost. He says, “Forgive me for this wrong!” He also uses regular irony when he says: “But, since I am so crafty, I am the one who caught you by deceit.” He uses it to introduce his defense against this accusation by showing how impossible it was to be true. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A “paradox” is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in verse 5 is a paradox: “I will not boast, except about my weaknesses.” Most people do not boast about being weak. This sentence in verse 10 is also a paradox: “For whenever I am weak, then I am strong.” In verse 9, Paul explains why both of these statements are true. ([2 Corinthians 12:5](../12/05.md))
540 2CO 12 1 iwn3 0 Connecting Statement: In defending his apostleship from God, Paul continues to state specific things that have happened to him since he became a believer.
543 2CO 12 2 cz7u οἶδα ἄνθρωπον ἐν Χριστῷ 1 I know a man in Christ Paul is actually speaking of himself as if he were speaking of someone else, but this should be translated literally if possible.
544 2CO 12 2 fth2 εἴτε ἐν σώματι οὐκ οἶδα, εἴτε ἐκτὸς τοῦ σώματος οὐκ οἶδα 1 whether in the body, I do not know, or out of the body, I do not know Paul continues to describe himself as if this happened to another person. “I do not know if this man was in his physical body or in his spiritual body”
545 2CO 12 2 k4aw τρίτου οὐρανοῦ 1 the third heaven Here, the **third heaven** refers to the dwelling place of God rather than the sky or outer space (the planets, stars, and the universe).
546 2CO 12 4 qv5h ἡρπάγη εἰς τὸν Παράδεισον 1 was caught up into paradise Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.” Paul continues his account of what happened to “this man” (verse 3). If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God took this man into **paradise**. (2) an angel took this man into **paradise**. If possible, it would be best not to name the one who took the man: “someone took him up to paradise” or “they took him up to paradise.”
547 2CO 12 4 wm7y ἡρπάγη 1 caught up Here, **caught up** refers to being suddenly and forcefully held and taken.
548 2CO 12 4 ic45 τὸν Παράδεισον 1 paradise Here, **paradise** could refer to: (1) heaven. (2) the third heaven. (3) a special place in heaven.
549 2CO 12 5 hpq6 τοῦ τοιούτου 1 of such a person Alternate translation: “of that person”
551 2CO 12 6 p8fm μή τις εἰς ἐμὲ λογίσηται ὑπὲρ ὃ βλέπει με, ἢ ἀκούει ἐξ ἐμοῦ 1 no one will think more of me than what he sees in me or hears from me Alternate translation: “no one will give me more credit than what he sees in me or hears from me”
552 2CO 12 7 v5s7 0 General Information: This verse reveals that Paul was speaking about himself beginning in [2 Corinthians 12:2](../12/02.md).
553 2CO 12 7 xxi2 τῇ ὑπερβολῇ τῶν ἀποκαλύψεων 1 because of the surpassing greatness of the revelations Alternate translation: “because those revelations were so much greater than anything anyone else had ever seen”
554 2CO 12 7 hu8g figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh was given to me If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave me a thorn in the flesh” or “God allowed me to have a thorn in the flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
555 2CO 12 7 q5e7 figs-metaphor σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί 1 a thorn in the flesh Here Paul’s physical problems are compared to a **thorn** piercing his **flesh**. Alternate translation: “an affliction” or “a physical problem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
556 2CO 12 7 q7lz ἄγγελος Σατανᾶ 1 a messenger from Satan Alternate translation: “a servant of Satan”
557 2CO 12 7 ehp9 μὴ ὑπεραίρωμαι 2 overly proud Alternate translation: “I would not become too proud”
568 2CO 12 10 t7qg ὅταν γὰρ ἀσθενῶ, τότε δυνατός εἰμι 1 For whenever I am weak, then I am strong Paul is saying that when he is no longer **strong** enough to do what needs to be done, Christ, who is more powerful than Paul could ever be, will work through Paul to do what needs to be done. However, it would be best to translate these words literally, if your language allows.
569 2CO 12 11 a1ym γέγονα ἄφρων 1 I have become a fool Alternate translation: “I am acting like a fool”
570 2CO 12 11 pzw1 ὑμεῖς με ἠναγκάσατε 1 You forced me to this Alternate translation: “You forced me to talk this way”
571 2CO 12 11 v2lr figs-activepassive ἐγὼ…ὤφειλον ὑφ’ ὑμῶν συνίστασθαι 1 I should have been commended by you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you should have praised me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
572 2CO 12 11 f644 συνίστασθαι 1 commended See how you translated similar phrases in ([3:1](../03/01.md)) and ([4:2](../04/02.md)). Alternate translation: “been praised” or “been recommended”
573 2CO 12 11 h4d5 figs-litotes οὐδὲν γὰρ ὑστέρησα 1 For I was not at all inferior By using the negative form, Paul is saying strongly that those Corinthians who think that he is **inferior** are wrong. Alternate translation: “For I am just as good as” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
574 2CO 12 11 s82x figs-irony τῶν ὑπέρλίαν ἀποστόλων 1 super-apostles Paul uses irony here to show that those teachers are less important then people say they are. See how this is translated in [2 Corinthians 11:5](../11/05.md). Alternate translation: “those teachers whom some think are better than anyone else” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
575 2CO 12 12 kp5l figs-activepassive τὰ μὲν σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου κατειργάσθη 1 indeed the signs of an apostle were performed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form with emphasis on the **signs**, or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it is the true signs of an apostle that I performed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
576 2CO 12 12 d4um σημείοις τε, καὶ τέρασιν, καὶ δυνάμεσιν 1 signs and wonders and mighty deeds These are the “signs of an apostle” that Paul performed “with all perseverance.”
577 2CO 12 13 z35e figs-rquestion τί γάρ ἐστιν ὃ ἡσσώθητε ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, εἰ μὴ ὅτι αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν? 1 how were you less important than the rest of the churches, except that … you? Paul is emphasizing that the Corinthians are wrong to accuse him of wanting to do them harm. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I treated you the same way I treated all the other churches, except that I myself did not burden you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
578 2CO 12 13 d426 αὐτὸς ἐγὼ οὐ κατενάρκησα ὑμῶν 1 I was not a burden to you Alternate translation: “I did not ask you for money or other things I needed”
596 2CO 12 19 vg3u figs-metaphor ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκοδομῆς 1 for your strengthening Paul speaks of knowing how to obey God and desiring to obey him as if it were physical growth. Alternate translation: “so that you would know God and obey him better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
597 2CO 12 20 cu6s οὐχ οἵους θέλω, εὕρω ὑμᾶς 1 I may not find you as I wish Alternate translation: “I may not like what I find” or “I may not like what I see you doing”
598 2CO 12 20 zy6g κἀγὼ εὑρεθῶ ὑμῖν οἷον οὐ θέλετε 1 I may not be found by you as you wish Alternate translation: “you might not like what you see in me”
599 2CO 12 20 rh1h figs-abstractnouns μή πως ἔρις, ζῆλος, θυμοί, ἐριθεῖαι, καταλαλιαί, ψιθυρισμοί, φυσιώσεις, ἀκαταστασίαι 1 there may be quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder**, you could express the same ideas with verbal forms. This could mean: (1) some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you. (2) some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas behind the words **quarreling, jealousy, outbursts of anger, rivalries, slander, gossip, arrogance, and disorder**, you can express the same ideas with verbal forms. This could mean: (1) some of you will be arguing with us, jealous of us, suddenly becoming very angry with us, trying to take our places as leaders, speaking falsely about us, telling about our private lives, being proud, and opposing us as we try to lead you. (2) some of you will be arguing with each other, jealous of each other, suddenly becoming very angry with each other, quarreling with each other over who will be the leader, speaking falsely about each other, telling about each other’s private lives, being proud, and opposing those whom God has chosen to lead you. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
600 2CO 12 21 ddw3 πενθήσω πολλοὺς τῶν προημαρτηκότων, 1 I might be grieved by many of those who have sinned Alternate translation: “I will be grieved because many of them have not given up their old sins”
601 2CO 12 21 hq1e figs-parallelism μὴ μετανοησάντων ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ, καὶ πορνείᾳ, καὶ ἀσελγείᾳ 1 did not repent of the impurity and sexual immorality and lustful indulgence This could mean: (1) Paul is saying almost the same thing three times for emphasis. Alternate translation: “did not stop commiting the sexual sins that they practiced” (2) Paul is speaking of three different sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
602 2CO 12 21 rh22 figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ 1 of the impurity If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **impurity**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **impurity**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of secretly thinking about and desiring things that do not please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
603 2CO 12 21 rn6u figs-abstractnouns πορνείᾳ 1 of the … sexual immorality If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **sexual immorality**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “of doing sexually immoral deeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
604 2CO 12 21 yyr5 figs-abstractnouns ἀσελγείᾳ 1 of the … lustful indulgence If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **lustful indulgence**, you can express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “doing things that satisfy immoral sexual desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
605 2CO 13 intro abcg 0 # 2 Corinthians 13 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In this chapter, Paul finishes defending his authority. He then concludes the letter with a final greeting and blessing.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Preparation<br><br>Paul instructs the Corinthians as he prepares to visit them. He is hoping to avoid needing to discipline anyone in the church so he can visit them joyfully. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Power and weakness<br><br>Paul repeatedly uses the contrasting words “power” and “weakness” in this chapter. The translator should use words that are understood to be opposites of each other.<br><br>### “Examine yourselves to see if you are in the faith. Test yourselves.”<br><br>Scholars are divided over what these sentences mean. Some scholars say that Christians are to test themselves to see whether their actions align with their Christian faith. The context favors this understanding. Others say these sentences mean that Christians should look at their actions and question whether they are genuinely saved. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
606 2CO 13 1 slj1 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ στόματος δύο μαρτύρων καὶ τριῶν σταθήσεται πᾶν ῥῆμα 1 Every matter must be established by the evidence of two or three witnesses If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Believe that someone has done something wrong only after two or three people have said the same thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
607 2CO 13 2 fxl6 τοῖς λοιποῖς πᾶσιν 1 all the rest Alternate translation: “all you other people”
608 2CO 13 4 a1bf figs-activepassive καὶ…ἐσταυρώθη 1 he was crucified If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they crucified him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
609 2CO 13 5 sbx4 ἐν ὑμῖν 1 in you Here, **in you** could mean: (1) Jesus is living inside each individual. (2) Jesus is living among them, part of and the most important member of the group.
610 2CO 13 7 u75e figs-doublenegatives μὴ ποιῆσαι ὑμᾶς κακὸν μηδέν 1 that you may not do any wrong If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **not … wrong**, you could express it in positive form. Alternate translation: “you will do everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
611 2CO 13 7 gt2e δόκιμοι 1 to have passed the test Alternate translation: “to be great teachers and live the truth”

View File

@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ PHP 3 6 hln8 figs-explicit κατὰ δικαιοσύνην τὴν ἐν νόμ
PHP 3 7 i2td grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 This entire verse is Pauls response to the seven things he listed in [3:56](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
PHP 3 7 lb8f figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 a profit … loss In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-explicit ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 Whatever was a profit for me Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:56](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 3 7 nwdi figs-abstractnouns ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 3 7 nwdi figs-abstractnouns ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 3 7 yxtx figs-abstractnouns ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 I consider even all things to be loss In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 3 8 epts ἡγοῦμαι 1 See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
279 PHP 3 7 i2td grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 This entire verse is Paul’s response to the seven things he listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md), which he once considered to be spiritually and religiously profitable to himself. In this verse Paul contrasts his former way of viewing things when he was a Pharisee with his new way of viewing things now that he believes in Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
280 PHP 3 7 lb8f figs-metaphor ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη, ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 a profit … loss In the original language in which Paul wrote this letter, the words **gains** and **loss** were common business terms used for accounting to describe things a business person determined to be either profitable or unprofitable. Here, Paul is using these two terms metaphorically to portray the things he considers spiritually profitable and unprofitable. If your language has similar business or accounting terms that would be natural to use in this context, consider using them here. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly counted as gains, these things I now count as loss for the sake of Christ” or “Whatever things I formerly accounted as gains, these things I now account as loss for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
281 PHP 3 7 n4lg figs-explicit ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 Whatever was a profit for me Here, the phrase **Whatever was profit to me** refers specifically to the list of seven things that Paul has just listed in [3:5–6](../03/05.md) and to anything else in which he would have put confidence before he believed in Christ. Alternate translation: “Whatever things I formerly considered profitable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282 PHP 3 7 nwdi figs-abstractnouns ἅτινα ἦν μοι κέρδη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **profit**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **profit** by using an adjective such as **profitable**, or you can express it in some other way. Alternate translation: “Whatever things were profitable for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
283 PHP 3 7 yxtx figs-abstractnouns ταῦτα ἥγημαι διὰ τὸν Χριστὸν ζημίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **loss**, you can express the idea behind the abstract noun **loss** by using a verbal phrase such as “worth losing”. Alternate translation: “I consider these things worth losing for the sake of Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
284 PHP 3 8 e1fp figs-metaphor ἀλλὰ μενοῦνγε καὶ ἡγοῦμαι πάντα ζημίαν εἶναι, διὰ τὸ ὑπερέχον τῆς γνώσεως Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ Κυρίου μου, δι’ ὃν τὰ πάντα ἐζημιώθην καὶ ἡγοῦμαι σκύβαλα, ἵνα Χριστὸν κερδήσω 1 I consider even all things to be loss In this verse Paul continues the business metaphor which he began in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
285 PHP 3 8 epts ἡγοῦμαι 1 See how you translated the word **consider** in [3:7](../03/07.md).

View File

@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ COL 3 13 lkdl figs-simile καθὼς καὶ ὁ Κύριος ἐχαρίσατ
COL 3 13 l0kr figs-ellipsis οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 may have a complaint against Paul leaves out words that could be needed in some languages to make a complete statement. If your language needs these words, you could supply words such as “forgive one another.” Alternate translation: “so also you should forgive each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
COL 3 14 l1ik figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these things**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 3 14 mlfc figs-ellipsis τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language would include more words, you could insert the words that Paul implies, which can be found in [3:12](../03/12.md): “put on.” Alternate translation: “put on love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
COL 3 14 c5o7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 3 14 c5o7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you can express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here, **the bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
COL 3 14 bp1w figs-possession σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **the bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **the bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
COL 3 14 welw figs-abstractnouns σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you can express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
400 COL 3 13 l0kr figs-ellipsis οὕτως καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 may have a complaint against Paul leaves out words that could be needed in some languages to make a complete statement. If your language needs these words, you could supply words such as “forgive one another.” Alternate translation: “so also you should forgive each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
401 COL 3 14 l1ik figs-metaphor ἐπὶ πᾶσιν δὲ τούτοις, τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul speaks as if **love** is higher than, or **above**, all the things he has said. By this, he means that **love** is more important than **all these things**. If this figure of speech would be misunderstood in your language, you could use a comparable metaphor or express the idea non-figuratively with a word such as “important” or “essential.” Alternate translation: “But what is most essential is love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
402 COL 3 14 mlfc figs-ellipsis τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul omits some words that may be required in your language to make a complete thought. If your language would include more words, you could insert the words that Paul implies, which can be found in [3:12](../03/12.md): “put on.” Alternate translation: “put on love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
403 COL 3 14 c5o7 figs-abstractnouns τὴν ἀγάπην 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you could express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **love**, you can express the idea by using a verb. If your language requires you to specify who the Colossians are supposed to “love,” you can clarify that Paul has other believers in mind first, but he is also thinking of God. Alternate translation: “love one another” or “love each other and God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
404 COL 3 14 x5g8 figs-metaphor ὅ ἐστιν σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here, **the bond of perfection** is a metaphor for something that brings people together in perfect unity. This could refer to (1) the perfect unity in community that Paul wishes for believers. Alternate translation: “which brings you together in perfect unity” (2) the perfect unity that love brings to all Christian virtues. Alternate translation: “which brings all these virtues together to perfection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
405 COL 3 14 bp1w figs-possession σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection Here Paul uses the possessive form to describe: (1) **the bond** that leads to **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the bond that brings perfection” (2) **the bond** that has **perfection**. Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
406 COL 3 14 welw figs-abstractnouns σύνδεσμος τῆς τελειότητος 1 love, which is the bond of perfection If your language does not use an abstract noun to express the idea behind **perfection**, you can express the idea by an adjective such as “perfect” or a verb such as “complete.” Alternate translation: “the perfect bond” or “the bond that completes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

View File

@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 4 5 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 of an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
2TI 4 6 p107 ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
296 2TI 4 4 rh2i figs-metaphor ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul speaks about people no longer paying attention as if they were physically turning their ears away so that they could not hear. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
297 2TI 4 4 p105 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ μὲν τῆς ἀληθείας τὴν ἀκοὴν ἀποστρέψουσιν 1 will both turn their ear away from the truth Paul uses the **ear** figuratively to mean listening. Listening, in turn, figuratively means paying attention. Alternate translation: “will no longer pay attention to the truth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
298 2TI 4 4 xrv7 figs-metaphor ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths Paul speaks about people starting to pay attention to myths as if someone were getting them to wander off in the wrong direction. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
299 2TI 4 4 p106 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ…τοὺς μύθους ἐκτραπήσονται 1 be turned aside to myths If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “these teachers will get them to pay attention to stories that are not true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
300 2TI 4 5 ehz7 figs-metaphor νῆφε 1 be sober Paul wants his readers to think correctly about everything, and so he speaks as if he wanted them to be sober rather than drunk. Alternate translation: “think clearly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
301 2TI 4 5 tv3k εὐαγγελιστοῦ 1 of an evangelist Alternate translation: “of a person who proclaims the good news about Jesus”
302 2TI 4 6 p107 ἐγὼ…ἤδη σπένδομαι 1 I am already being poured out While Paul speaks of his death as **already** happening, he means that it is an event that will happen soon. Alternate translation: “I will soon be poured out”

View File

@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ JAS 1 4 unh4 figs-doublet τέλειοι καὶ ὁλόκληροι 1 perfect a
JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 lacking in nothing You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
JAS 1 5 du7z figs-abstractnouns λείπεται σοφίας 1 lacks wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 5 q2df αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ 1 let him ask from God Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 1 6 j010 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει 1 in faith If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 doubting nothing If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ JAS 2 11 j115 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For James is giving the rea
JAS 2 11 ez11 figs-explicit ὁ…εἰπών 1 the one who said James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JAS 2 12 j116 figs-abstractnouns νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 2 12 j117 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JAS 2 20 j155 figs-personification ἡ πίστις χωρὶς τῶν ἔργ
JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham … Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ JAS 2 24 yha5 figs-activepassive δικαιοῦται 1 is justified If your la
JAS 2 24 j168 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JAS 2 24 j169 figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα? 1 And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 2 25 hir8 figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 similarly If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JAS 2 25 j171 translate-names Ῥαὰβ 1 Rahab **Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων 1 from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ JAS 5 8 j319 μακροθυμήσατε καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 You also wait pa
JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metaphor στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Strengthen your hearts James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 8 jw3b ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν 1 the coming of the Lord has come near James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
JAS 5 9 k74r figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 9 ita4 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 Behold, the judge The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν 1 the judge is standing at the door James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JAS 5 10 j320 ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας 1 Take an example, brothers, of the suffering Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ JAS 5 15 j329 figs-possession ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει
JAS 5 15 j330 figs-nominaladj ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-personification ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JAS 5 15 ei3q figs-metonymy ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up James is speaking figuratively of the sick persons restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 16 dl5k grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆτε 1 you may be healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JAS 5 16 j332 πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
22 JAS 1 4 l7ef ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι 1 lacking in nothing You could state this positively in your translation. Alternate translation: “having all that you need” or “being all that you need to be”
23 JAS 1 5 du7z figs-abstractnouns λείπεται σοφίας 1 lacks wisdom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could express the idea behind it with an adjective such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “is not sure what would be the wise thing to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
24 JAS 1 5 q2df αἰτείτω παρὰ…Θεοῦ 1 let him ask from God Alternate translation: “let him ask God”
25 JAS 1 5 xu31 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will give it to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
26 JAS 1 6 j010 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει 1 in faith If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “trust.” Alternate translation: “confidently trusting God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
27 JAS 1 6 y2mk figs-doublenegatives μηδὲν διακρινόμενος 1 doubting nothing If your readers would misunderstand this double negative that consists of the negative verb **doubting** and the negative object **nothing**, you could use a positive expression to translate it. Alternate translation: “with complete certainty that God will answer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
28 JAS 1 6 p12l figs-simile ἔοικεν κλύδωνι θαλάσσης, ἀνεμιζομένῳ καὶ ῥιπιζομένῳ 1 has become like a wave of the sea, wind-blown and tossed The point of this comparison is that anyone who doubts will be like the waves in the ocean, which keep moving in different directions. In your translation, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (However, you could also reproduce the simile, as suggested in the next note.) Alternate translation: “will keep changing his mind about what to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
229 JAS 2 11 ez11 figs-explicit ὁ…εἰπών 1 the one who said James is referring implicitly to God, who spoke the commandments quoted in this verse when he gave the law to Moses. Alternate translation: “God who said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
230 JAS 2 11 c8jm figs-youcrowd μὴ μοιχεύσῃς…μὴ φονεύσῃς…οὐ μοιχεύεις…φονεύεις…γέγονας 1 Do not commit adultery … Do not murder … you do not commit adultery … you do murder … you have become The implied “you” in the two commandments that James quotes in this verse is singular because, even though Moses gave these laws to the Israelites as a group, each individual person was expected to obey them. The word **you** is also singular in the rest of the verse because James is carrying forward that usage from the commandments. So in your translation, use the singular form of “you” if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])
231 JAS 2 12 c6y8 figs-you οὕτως λαλεῖτε, καὶ οὕτως ποιεῖτε 1 Thus speak and thus act The implied “you” in these imperatives is plural. James returns here to the plural usage that he follows in most of his letter. So in your translation, use the plural form of “you” if your language marks that distinction and if it reflects it in imperatives. Alternate translation: “Speak and act in this way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
232 JAS 2 12 yp6i figs-activepassive μέλλοντες κρίνεσθαι 1 ones who are going to be judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “people whom God is going to judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
233 JAS 2 12 e87r figs-possession νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom As in [1:25](../01/25.md), James is using the possessive form to describe a **law** that brings **freedom**. Alternate translation: “the law that brings freedom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
234 JAS 2 12 j116 figs-abstractnouns νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **freedom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “free.” Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
235 JAS 2 12 j117 figs-explicit νόμου ἐλευθερίας 1 the law of freedom If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what the **law** gives people the **freedom** to do. Alternate translation: “the law that sets people free to obey God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
290 JAS 2 21 q8iv figs-rquestion Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
291 JAS 2 21 j156 figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ἀνενέγκας Ἰσαὰκ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον? 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works when he offered up Isaac his son on the altar? James assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to a story recorded in the book of Genesis. In that story, God tells Abraham to offer his son Isaac as a sacrifice, but God does not really want Abraham to do that. Rather, God wants Abraham to demonstrate his faith and obedience by showing that he is willing to do it. God ultimately stops Abraham from sacrificing his son Isaac. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they would not know the story and if they would think that Abraham actually did offer his son as a sacrifice. Alternate translation, as a statement: “Abraham our father was justified by works when he demonstrated that he was willing to obey God even if that meant offering his son Isaac as a sacrifice, although God did not actually want him to do that and God stopped him from doing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
292 JAS 2 21 v3ft figs-explicit Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified by works See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Rather, as James will explain in more detail in the next two verses, God had previously declared Abraham to be righteous because Abraham believed in him. What Abraham did subsequently, when he proved that he was willing to obey God, demonstrated that his faith was genuine. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that Abraham did something that made God consider him righteous. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous because what he did demonstrated that he genuinely believed in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
293 JAS 2 21 j157 figs-activepassive Ἀβραὰμ ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 Was not Abraham our father justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation, as a statement: “God justified Abraham our father” or “God declared Abraham our father to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
294 JAS 2 21 j158 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ 1 Abraham … Isaac These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295 JAS 2 21 ph1s figs-metaphor ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is using the term **father** figuratively to mean “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “Abraham our ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
296 JAS 2 21 j159 figs-exclusive ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν 1 our father James is Jewish, descended from Abraham, and the people to whom he is writing also come from a Jewish background, so the word **our** would be inclusive, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
310 JAS 2 24 j168 figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **faith** and **works**, you could express the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “by what he does and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
311 JAS 2 24 j169 figs-explicit ἐξ ἔργων…καὶ οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως μόνον 1 from works and not from faith alone See the discussion in Part 2 of the General Introduction to James about how a person is justified before God. James is not saying that we need to add works to our faith in order to be justified. Rather, James is speaking of works that are an expression and proof of the saving faith that a person already has. You could indicate this explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers, particularly if they might misunderstand and think that James is saying that we have to add works to our faith in order for God to consider us righteous. Alternate translation: “by what he does as an expression of what he believes, and not just by what he believes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
312 JAS 2 25 dcv5 figs-rquestion ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ ἐξ ἔργων ἐδικαιώθη, ὑποδεξαμένη τοὺς ἀγγέλους, καὶ ἑτέρᾳ ὁδῷ ἐκβαλοῦσα? 1 And similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified from works, having welcomed the messengers and having sent them away by another road? James is using the question form as a teaching tool. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate his words as a statement. Alternate translation: “Rahab the prostitute was also justified similarly from works when she welcomed the messengers and sent them away by another road.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
313 JAS 2 25 j170 figs-activepassive ὁμοίως…καὶ Ῥαὰβ ἡ πόρνη οὐκ…ἐδικαιώθη 1 similarly was not Rahab the prostitute also justified If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “did not God similarly justify Rahab the prostitute” or “did not God similarly declare Rahab the prostitute to be righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
314 JAS 2 25 hir8 figs-explicit ὁμοίως 1 similarly If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state explicitly what **similarly** means in this context. Alternate translation: “in the same way as Abraham,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
315 JAS 2 25 j171 translate-names Ῥαὰβ 1 Rahab **Rahab** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
316 JAS 2 25 bx6i figs-abstractnouns ἐξ ἔργων 1 from works If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **works**, you could express the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “by what she did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
584 JAS 5 8 bbn1 figs-metaphor στηρίξατε τὰς καρδίας ὑμῶν 1 Strengthen your hearts James is using the **heart** figuratively to represent the will. Alternate translation: “Stay committed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
585 JAS 5 8 jw3b ἡ παρουσία τοῦ Κυρίου ἤγγικεν 1 the coming of the Lord has come near James is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. (By **near** he means near in time. This is not a spatial metaphor.) Alternate translation: “Jesus will return soon” or “the Lord Jesus will return soon”
586 JAS 5 9 k74r figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “my fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
587 JAS 5 9 z3p7 figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may be not judged If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may not judge you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
588 JAS 5 9 ita4 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, ὁ κριτὴς 1 Behold, the judge The term **Behold** focuses the attention of a listener or reader on what a speaker or writer is about to say. Alternate translation: “Be aware that the judge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
589 JAS 5 9 g938 figs-metaphor ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν 1 the judge is standing at the door James is figuratively comparing Jesus to a judge who is just about to walk into a courtroom. Alternate translation: “Jesus will soon return and judge everyone for what they have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
590 JAS 5 10 j320 ὑπόδειγμα λάβετε, ἀδελφοί, τῆς κακοπαθίας 1 Take an example, brothers, of the suffering Alternate translation: “Take as your example, brothers, the suffering”
614 JAS 5 15 j330 figs-nominaladj ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a type of person. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the prayer that is offered in faith will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
615 JAS 5 15 c8q6 figs-personification ἡ εὐχὴ τῆς πίστεως σώσει τὸν κάμνοντα 1 the prayer of faith will save the sick James is speaking figuratively of this **prayer** as if it would heal the sick person itself. Alternate translation: “in answer to this prayer that is offered in faith, God will heal the sick person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
616 JAS 5 15 ei3q figs-metonymy ἐγερεῖ αὐτὸν ὁ Κύριος 1 the Lord will raise him up James is speaking figuratively of the sick person’s restoration to health by association with the way that the person will get **up** out of bed when he recovers. Alternate translation: “the Lord will make him well” or “the Lord will enable him to resume his regular activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
617 JAS 5 15 j331 figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will forgive him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
618 JAS 5 16 dl5k grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore James uses **Therefore** to introduce something that believers should do as a result of what he said in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain in more detail what he means, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
619 JAS 5 16 mzk8 figs-activepassive ἰαθῆτε 1 you may be healed If your readers would misunderstand this passive verb, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who would do the action. Alternate translation: “God may heal you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
620 JAS 5 16 j332 πολὺ ἰσχύει δέησις δικαίου ἐνεργουμένη 1 The working prayer of the righteous is very strong The term **working** has the sense of an adverb rather than an adjective. Alternate translation: “The prayer of the righteous is very strong as it is working” or “The prayer of the righteous is very strong in its effects”

View File

@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 20 s4k2 figs-infostructure πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from ones own interpretation Here, **ones own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
2PE 1 20 p5xo figs-abstractnouns ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 21 isqj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 1 21 yxdx figs-abstractnouns οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 4 c2ak grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 20 zxcf figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:1219](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
2PE 2 21 xwid figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 22 hqr3 writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
2PE 3 5 o7sz figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the Gods specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2PE 3 6 jh4r writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers both to Gods word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 6 hvc3 ὁ τότε κόσμος 1 Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
@ -418,14 +418,14 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
2PE 3 10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 10 qnu5 figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 10 z9f6 γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
2PE 3 11 buq4 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that Gods future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2PE 3 11 qoui figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 15 vo82 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Pauls letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:1013](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that Gods patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:1415](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about Gods patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
147 2PE 1 20 s4k2 figs-infostructure πᾶσα προφητεία Γραφῆς ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 every prophecy of scripture does not coms from one’s own interpretation Here, **one’s own interpretation** could mean: (1) that the Old Testament prophets did not base any of their prophecies on their own interpretations of what God had said, but only prophesied what God revealed to them. If it would be more natural in your language, you could change the order of information. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to his own interpretation” (2) that no individual person can interpret scripture on his or her own, but only with the help of the Holy Spirit and the larger community of believers. Alternate translation: “no one is able to explain any prophecy in the Bible through his own ability” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]])
148 2PE 1 20 p5xo figs-abstractnouns ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως 1 The word **interpretation** is an abstract noun that represents an action. If your readers would misunderstand this abstract noun, you could use a verb. Alternate translation: “no prophet interpreted his prophecy according to what he himself thought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
149 2PE 1 21 isqj grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** indicates that what follows is the reason that the statement of the previous verse is true. It could mean: (1) the prophets could not prophesy according to their own interpretations, because true prophecy could only come from the Holy Spirit. (2) no one can interpret prophecy without help from the Holy Spirit, because the prophecy came from the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “The reason for this is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
150 2PE 1 21 evx4 figs-activepassive οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “no prophet ever prophesied by the will of man” or “the will of man never produced any prophecy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
151 2PE 1 21 yxdx figs-abstractnouns οὐ…θελήματι ἀνθρώπου ἠνέχθη προφητεία ποτέ 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **will**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase, such as “what a man desires.” Alternate translation: “no prophecy was ever made according to what a man desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
152 2PE 1 21 x2hv figs-gendernotations θελήματι ἀνθρώπου 1 Peter is using the term **man** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by human desire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
153 2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God being carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks figuratively of the **Holy Spirit** helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit **carried** them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God by the Holy Spirit directing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
197 2PE 2 4 c2ak grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς κρίσιν 1 to judgment This phrase gives the purpose or goal for which the sinning angels are being held in captivity. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
198 2PE 2 4 plhp figs-abstractnouns εἰς κρίσιν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you could translate it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “to be judged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
199 2PE 2 4 e0ue figs-explicit εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 This phrase refers to the sinful angels mentioned earlier in the verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those sinful angels who are being kept for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
200 2PE 2 4 ppvc figs-activepassive εἰς κρίσιν τηρουμένους 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active verbal form and you can indicate who is doing the action. Alternate translation: “those whom God is keeping for judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
201 2PE 2 5 zx4k grammar-connect-condition-fact καὶ 1 Here, **and** indicates the beginning of the second condition in a conditional sentence that extends from [2:4](../02/04.md) to [2:10](../02/10.md). Peter is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what Peter is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “Since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]])
202 2PE 2 5 hpv7 figs-metonymy ἀρχαίου κόσμου οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 he did not spare the ancient world Here, **world** refers to the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “he did not spare the people who lived in the ancient times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
203 2PE 2 5 f000 οὐκ ἐφείσατο 1 As in [2:4](../02/04.md), the word **spare** here means “to refrain from punishing.” Alternate translation: “did not refrain from punishing”
286 2PE 2 14 xb2q figs-explicit δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers entice unstable souls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
287 2PE 2 14 wt89 figs-synecdoche δελεάζοντες ψυχὰς ἀστηρίκτους 1 enticing unstable souls Here, **souls** refers to persons. Alternate translation: “enticing unstable people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
288 2PE 2 14 mn07 figs-explicit καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 This clause refers to the actions of the false teachers Peter introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they have hearts trained in covetousness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
289 2PE 2 14 xgkb figs-activepassive καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “they trained their hearts to be covetous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
290 2PE 2 14 c55u figs-metonymy καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 hearts trained in covetousness Peter is using **hearts** figuratively to refer to whole persons, including their thoughts, desires, and emotions. The term can thus be translated here with the reflexive pronoun “themselves.” Alternate translation: “having trained themselves to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
291 2PE 2 14 sbp2 figs-abstractnouns καρδίαν γεγυμνασμένην πλεονεξίας ἔχοντες 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **covetousness**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb. Alternate translation: “having training their hearts to covet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
292 2PE 2 14 sv4r figs-idiom κατάρας τέκνα 1 Peter is using a Hebrew idiom in which a person is said to be a “child” of the thing that characterizes that person. Here **children of cursing** refers to people who are cursed by God. He is not speaking of people who curse others. Alternate translation: “accursed people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
337 2PE 2 20 lu22 figs-metonymy τὰ μιάσματα τοῦ κόσμου 1 the impurities of the world Here, the **world** refers to human society, which has been corrupted by sin. Alternate translation: “the defiling practices of sinful human society” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
338 2PE 2 20 bi73 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἐπιγνώσει τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **knowledge**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. See how you translated similar phrases in [1:2](../01/02.md). Alternate translation: “by knowing our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
339 2PE 2 20 zxcf figs-possession τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ Σωτῆρος 1 Here, **our Lord** means “the person who is lord over us” or “the person who rules over us.” The conjunction **and** indicates that **our** also applies to **Savior**, meaning “the person who saves us.” Alternate translation: “of the person who rules over us and saves us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
340 2PE 2 20 ih4w figs-activepassive τούτοις…πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες ἡττῶνται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can supply the doer of the action from earlier in the verse. Alternate translation: “these things having entangled them again; these things have overcome them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
341 2PE 2 20 ygag figs-metaphor πάλιν ἐμπλακέντες 1 Here, Peter speaks figuratively of people who seem to have been believers but have returned to living sinfully as if they have become **entangled** in a net. If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you could express this is a non-figurative manner. Alternate translation: “if they have begun to live sinfully again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
342 2PE 2 20 noa9 writing-pronouns τούτοις 1 Here, the pronoun **these things** refers to “the defilements of the world.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could specify this in your translation. Alternate translation: “by these defilements of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
343 2PE 2 20 d6ra writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 Connecting Statement: Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md) and discussed in [2:12–19](../02/12.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
350 2PE 2 21 ic3c figs-metaphor ὑποστρέψαι ἐκ τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 to turn away from the holy commandment Here, **to turn away from** is a metaphor that means to stop doing something. Alternate translation: “to stop obeying the holy commandment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351 2PE 2 21 j7s6 figs-genericnoun τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 Peter uses **the holy commandment** to speak of the commands of God in general. He is not referring to one specific **commandment**. These commands were **delivered** by the apostles to the believers. Alternate translation: “the holy commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
352 2PE 2 21 xwid figs-abstractnouns τῆς…ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 2 If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express the ideas behind the abstract noun **commandment** with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “what God commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
353 2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that the apostles delivered to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354 2PE 2 22 hqr3 writing-pronouns συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, **This** refers to the **proverb** Peter states later in this verse. It does not refer back to a statement from the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “What this true proverb says has happened to them” or “This true proverb describes what happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
355 2PE 2 22 pc36 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 This has happened to them according to the true proverb Here, the pronoun **them** refers to the false teachers introduced in [2:1](../02/01.md). If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to these false teachers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
356 2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig to wallowing in the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate what the false teachers have done. These proverbs make a figurative comparison: Just as a dog returns to eat its own vomit and a washed pig rolls in the mud again, so these false teachers, who once stopped living a sinful life, have now gone back to living sinfully. Although they knew “the way of righteousness,” they went back to doing the things that defile them morally and spiritually. If your readers would misunderstand the meaning, you could translate these proverbs as similes. Alternate translation: “They are like dogs that eat their own vomit or like clean pigs that go back to rolling in the mud.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
394 2PE 3 5 s77f ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ δι’ ὕδατος συνεστῶσα 1 had been formed from water and through water This clause refers to God causing the land to come up **out of** and **through** the **water**, gathering the bodies of water together to make the land appear.
395 2PE 3 5 o7sz figs-metonymy τῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγῳ 1 Here, **the word of God** refers to the God’s specific commands by which the earth was created. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by the commands of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
396 2PE 3 6 jh4r writing-pronouns δι’ ὧν 1 through which Here, **which** refers both to God’s word and water. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “through the word of God and water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
397 2PE 3 6 nyb7 figs-activepassive ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. You may need to begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God flooded the world with water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
398 2PE 3 6 hvc3 ὁ τότε κόσμος 1 Here, **at that time** refers to the time when the world existed before the flood. It does not refer to the exact time when the universe was created. Alternate translation: “the world that existed then”
399 2PE 3 6 xm5i ὕδατι κατακλυσθεὶς 1 This phrase indicates the means by which the ancient world was destroyed. Alternate translation: “by having been flooded by water”
400 2PE 3 7 alp6 grammar-connect-logic-contrast οἱ δὲ νῦν οὐρανοὶ καὶ ἡ γῆ 1 Here, **But** indicates that Peter is contrasting the past destruction of the ancient world he mentioned in the previous verse with the future destruction of the present world. If your readers would misunderstand this contrast, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “In contrast, the present heavens and the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
418 2PE 3 10 w6ma grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Here, **But** indicates a contrast between what the mockers believed about God and what God will really do. Although the Lord is being patient and wants people to repent, he will indeed return and bring judgment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
419 2PE 3 10 c5m1 figs-simile ἥξει…ἡμέρα Κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης 1 the day of the Lord will come as a thief Peter speaks of the **day** when God will judge everyone as if it were a **thief** who will come unexpectedly and take people by surprise. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you could express this in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the day of the Lord will come unexpectedly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
420 2PE 3 10 fu2q writing-pronouns κλέπτης, ἐν ᾗ 1 Here, **which** refers to “the day of the Lord”. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could express this explicitly and begin a new sentence. Alternate translation: “a thief. In the day of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
421 2PE 3 10 z32k figs-activepassive στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in an active form and you can indicate who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy the elements” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
422 2PE 3 10 zgd3 στοιχεῖα…λυθήσεται 1 Here, **elements** could refer to: (1) the basic elements that make up the natural universe. Alternate translation: “the components of nature will be destroyed” (2) the heavenly bodies, such as the sun, moon, and stars. Alternate translation: “the heavenly bodies will be destroyed”
423 2PE 3 10 lz8t στοιχεῖα δὲ καυσούμενα λυθήσεται 1 Here, **being burned up** refers to the means by which the elements will be destroyed. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and the elements will be destroyed by means of burning” or “and the elements will be destroyed by means of fire”
424 2PE 3 10 j1gj figs-activepassive γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed God will see all the **earth** and all the **deeds** of everyone, and he will then judge everything. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active terms. Alternate translation: “God will find the earth and the deeds in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
425 2PE 3 10 qnu5 figs-explicit γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **deeds** refers to the actions of people on the earth. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the earth and what people have done in it will be found” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
426 2PE 3 10 z9f6 γῆ καὶ τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ ἔργα εὑρεθήσεται 1 Here, **found** indicates that the removal of the heavens and elements will leave the earth and what has been done on it exposed for God to see and judge. Alternate translation: “the earth and the deeds in it will be exposed” or “the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed”
427 2PE 3 11 buq4 grammar-connect-logic-result τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 This clause indicates the reason for the expected result that follows in the rest of the verse. Peter tells his readers that God’s future destruction of heaven and earth should result in them living holy and godly lives. Alternate translation: “Because of all of these things being thus destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
428 2PE 3 11 nq63 figs-activepassive τούτων οὕτως πάντων λυομένων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “Since God will thus destroy all of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
429 2PE 3 11 tpfg writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these things** refers to the heavens, the elements, and the earth mentioned in the previous verse. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these things that I have just described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
430 2PE 3 11 t8wx figs-rquestion ποταποὺς δεῖ ὑπάρχειν ὑμᾶς? 1 Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If your readers would misunderstand this emphasis, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. If it you translate these words as a statement, then you will need to change the question mark at the end of the next verse into a period. Alternate translation: “it is certainly necessary for you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
431 2PE 3 11 qoui figs-ellipsis ἐν ἁγίαις ἀναστροφαῖς καὶ εὐσεβείαις 1 Peter is leaving out words that this clause would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the context. Alternate translation: “living with holy behaviors and godly acts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
451 2PE 3 15 pd30 figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν μακροθυμίαν, σωτηρίαν ἡγεῖσθε 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **patience** and **salvation**, you could translate the ideas behind them with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “that our Lord is patient to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
452 2PE 3 15 vbso figs-abstractnouns σωτηρίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **salvation**, you could translate the idea behind it with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “to save people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
453 2PE 3 15 vo82 figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαπητὸς ἡμῶν ἀδελφὸς Παῦλος 1 Peter is using the term **brother** figuratively to refer to Paul as a fellow believer in Jesus. Alternate translation: “our beloved fellow Christian brother Paul” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
454 2PE 3 15 nnd7 figs-activepassive κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 according to the wisdom having been given to him If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form and you can state who did the action. Alternate translation: “according to the wisdom that God gave to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
455 2PE 3 15 esr7 figs-abstractnouns κατὰ τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ σοφίαν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **wisdom**, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective, such as “wise.” Alternate translation: “according to the wise words having been given to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
456 2PE 3 16 zzko figs-explicit ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς 1 Here, the context suggests that Paul is the author of **the letters**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in all Paul’s letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
457 2PE 3 16 wil1 writing-pronouns λαλῶν ἐν αὐταῖς περὶ τούτων 1 Here, **these things** could refer to: (1) the events related to the day of the Lord discussed in [3:10–13](../03/10.md) and called “these things” in [3:14](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things that will happen on the day of the Lord” (2) the need to live godly lives and consider that God’s patience is for saving people, as discussed in [3:14–15](../03/14.md). Alternate translation: “these things I have just said about living blamelessly and about God’s patience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])

View File

@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 11 j081 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 because the darkness has blinded his eyes John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 12 y00g ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 12 j082 writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 fathers The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1JN 2 19 j114 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
1JN 2 19 jin1 figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 they would have remained with us See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1JN 2 19 j115 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you can express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1JN 2 19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they are all not from us The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
1JN 2 20 j118 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
155 1JN 2 11 j081 figs-metaphor ὅτι ἡ σκοτία ἐτύφλωσεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ 1 because the darkness has blinded his eyes John is using blindness figuratively to mean a loss of moral sense. Alternate translation: “because his evil thoughts are keeping him from knowing right and wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
156 1JN 2 12 in8n figs-metaphor τεκνία 1 little children The term **little children** here could refer to: (1) all of the believers to whom John is writing. This is the way that he uses this term in [2:1](../02/01.md) and in several other places in this letter. See the explanation of it in two of the notes to [2:1](../02/01.md). If that is the sense, then John divides the believers into only two groups in verses 12-14, the older ones and the younger ones. See the UST. Or it could refer to: (2) only some of the believers. In that case, John is addressing the believers in three different groups in verses 12-14, and this group would figuratively represent new believers, that is, those who have very recently put their faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of their sins. This would also apply to the similar term in [2:14](../02/14.md). Alternate translation: “new believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
157 1JN 2 12 y00g ὅτι 1 The word translated as **because** here could also be translated as “that.” In other words, what follows this word could be either: (1) the reason that John is writing or (2) the content that John wants to communicate. This also applies to the same phrase that is used several times in verses 13 and 14. Alternate translation: “that”
158 1JN 2 12 ed41 figs-activepassive ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι 1 your sins have been forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you could express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) If your language does not use this passive form, you can express this with an active form, and you can state who has done the action. Alternate translation: “God has forgiven your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
159 1JN 2 12 j082 writing-pronouns διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because of the name of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
160 1JN 2 12 yjy8 figs-metonymy διὰ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 because of his name John is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to represent who Jesus is and what he has done. Alternate translation: “on account of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
161 1JN 2 13 kue2 figs-metaphor πατέρες 1 fathers The term **fathers** here is likely a figurative description of one part of the believers. In that case, it could mean either: (1) “mature believers” or (2) “church leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
213 1JN 2 19 j114 grammar-connect-condition-contrary εἰ γὰρ ἐξ ἡμῶν ἦσαν, μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 For if they had been from us, they would have remained with us John is presenting a situation that is not real to help his readers recognize why the claim that he is making is true. Alternate translation: “We know that they were not genuinely part of our group because they did not continue to participate in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-contrary]])
214 1JN 2 19 jin1 figs-metaphor μεμενήκεισαν ἂν μεθ’ ἡμῶν 1 they would have remained with us See the discussion of the term “remain” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here the word seems to refer to continuing participation in a group. Alternate translation: “they would have continued to participate in our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
215 1JN 2 19 j115 figs-ellipsis ἀλλ’ ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 but so that they would be made apparent, that they are all not from us John is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. These words can be supplied from the previous sentence. Alternate translation: “but they left us so that their actions would reveal that all of them were not genuinely part of our group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
216 1JN 2 19 j116 figs-activepassive ἵνα φανερωθῶσιν 1 so that they would be made apparent See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you could express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) See the discussion of the term “appear” in Part 3 of the Introduction to 1 John. Here, the people were revealed as unbelievers when they left the group. If your language does not use passive forms, you can express this with an active form, and you can state what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “they left so that their actions would reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
217 1JN 2 19 j117 οὐκ εἰσὶν πάντες ἐξ ἡμῶν 1 they are all not from us The word **all** refers to all the people who left the group. If your readers would misunderstand this reference, you could make the subject negative and the verb positive. Alternate translation: “none of them are from us” or “none of them were genuinely part of our group”
218 1JN 2 20 j118 grammar-connect-logic-contrast καὶ 1 And John is using the word **and** to introduce a contrast between the people who left the group and the remaining believers to whom he is writing. Alternate translation: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]])
219 1JN 2 20 i3m1 figs-abstractnouns ὑμεῖς χρῖσμα ἔχετε ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 you have an anointing from the Holy One If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **anointing**, you could express the idea behind it with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “the Holy One has anointed you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])